all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals | photo | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 |
|
Installer Guide part 1 | Users Manual | 2.26 MiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Installer Guide part 2 | Users Manual | 5.25 MiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Installer Guide part 3 | Users Manual | 4.80 MiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Integrator Guide | Users Manual | 5.45 MiB | July 07 2016 / April 01 2017 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Quick Start Guide | Users Manual | 901.32 KiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 1.37 MiB | July 07 2016 / April 01 2017 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 303.86 KiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Label | ID Label/Location Info | 297.80 KiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Label 2 | ID Label/Location Info | 98.77 KiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Label location | ID Label/Location Info | 201.36 KiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 | 2067-01 10 EC-67864 BOM | Parts List/Tune Up Info | December 21 2023 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
AN480 RFID Antenna - Zebra | Test Report | 472.17 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Attestation Statements US agent 2.911d7 | Attestation Statements | 734.64 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 | |||
1 2 3 4 | ExtPho (FCC | External Photos | December 21 2023 / July 01 2024 | delayed release | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Block Diagram | Block Diagram | December 21 2023 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Operational Description | Operational Description | December 21 2023 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Report RF US Part15C UHF RFID (photo) | Test Setup Photos | December 21 2023 / July 01 2024 | delayed release | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Report RF US Part15C UHF RFID r1 | Test Report | 2.09 MiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Reprot RF Exposure US | RF Exposure Info | 324.13 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 | |||
1 2 3 4 | IntPho (FCC | Internal Photos | December 21 2023 / July 01 2024 | delayed release | ||||
1 2 3 4 | PA-002067-01 BOM | Parts List/Tune Up Info | December 21 2023 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | C2PCPX change note 2023-08 | Operational Description | December 21 2023 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Attestation Covered List 2.911d5(i) | Attestation Statements | 437.67 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
C2PCPX letter r1 | Cover Letter(s) | 896.56 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Coverletter-FCC r1 | Cover Letter(s) | 470.83 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 | |||
1 2 3 4 | sd-002067-01 09 (Schem) | Schematics | December 21 2023 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 | Cover Letter(s) | July 07 2016 / August 07 2016 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | External Photos | July 07 2016 / April 01 2017 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 | RF Exposure Info | July 07 2016 / August 07 2016 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Agent | Cover Letter(s) | 116.64 KiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 |
|
Confidentiality | Cover Letter(s) | 114.52 KiB | December 11 2013 | |||
1 2 3 4 | Test Setup Photos | December 11 2013 |
1 2 3 4 | Installer Guide part 1 | Users Manual | 2.26 MiB | December 11 2013 |
FX7500 RFID READER INTEGRATOR GUIDE FX7500 RFID READER INTEGRATOR GUIDE MN000026A01 Revision .5 November 2013 ii FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 2013 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form, or by any electrical or mechanical means, without permission in writing from Motorola. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as photocopying, recording, or information storage and retrieval systems. The material in this manual is subject to change without notice. The software is provided strictly on an as is basis. All software, including firmware, furnished to the user is on a licensed basis. Motorola grants to the user a non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use each software or firmware program delivered hereunder (licensed program). Except as noted below, such license may not be assigned, sublicensed, or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Motorola. No right to copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted, except as permitted under copyright law. The user shall not modify, merge, or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material, create a derivative work from a licensed program, or use a licensed program in a network without written permission from Motorola. The user agrees to maintain Motorolas copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered hereunder, and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes, in whole or in part. The user agrees not to decompile, disassemble, decode, or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any portion thereof. Motorola reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability, function, or design. Motorola does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any product, circuit, or application described herein. No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any Motorola, Inc., intellectual property rights. An implied license only exists for equipment, circuits, and subsystems contained in Motorola products. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Motorola Solutions, Inc. One Motorola Plaza Holtsville, New York 11742-1300 http://www.motorolasolutions.com Warranty For the complete Motorola hardware product warranty statement, go to:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/warranty. iii Revision History Changes to the original manual are listed below:
Change
-01 Rev A Date 11/2013 Initial release Description iv FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide TABLE OF CONTENTS About This Guide Introduction .................................................................................................................... ix Configurations.......................................................................................................... ix Chapter Descriptions ..................................................................................................... x Notational Conventions.................................................................................................. x Related Documents and Software ................................................................................. xi Service Information........................................................................................................ xi Chapter 1: Quick Start Introduction ................................................................................................................... 1-1 Quick Start Demonstration ............................................................................................ 1-1 Step 1, Setup .......................................................................................................... 1-1 Step 2, Connecting to the Reader ........................................................................... 1-2 Step 3, First Time / Start-Up Login ......................................................................... 1-3 Step 4, Set Region .................................................................................................. 1-4 Step 5, Read Tags .................................................................................................. 1-6 Chapter 2: Getting Started Introduction ................................................................................................................... 2-1 RFID Technology Overview .......................................................................................... 2-1 RFID Components .................................................................................................. 2-2 FX7500 RFID Readers ................................................................................................. 2-3 Versions and Kits .................................................................................................... 2-4 FX7500 RFID Reader ................................................................................................... 2-4 FX7500 RFID Reader Rear Panel .......................................................................... 2-5 FX7500 RFID Readers LEDs .................................................................................. 2-6 FX7500 RFID Reader Features .................................................................................... 2-7 Configuration and Upgrading .................................................................................. 2-7 Tag Management .................................................................................................... 2-7 Device Management ............................................................................................... 2-7 Logging ................................................................................................................... 2-7 Connection Options ................................................................................................ 2-7 vi FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Chapter 3: Installation and Communication Introduction ................................................................................................................... 3-1 Unpacking the Reader .................................................................................................. 3-1 Mounting and Removing the Reader ............................................................................ 3-2 Mounting Tips ......................................................................................................... 3-2 Mounting Using the Mounting Plate ........................................................................ 3-2 Direct Mounting (Without the Mounting Plate) ........................................................ 3-3 Connecting Antennas ................................................................................................... 3-4 Communications Connections ...................................................................................... 3-5 Ethernet Connection ............................................................................................... 3-5 USB Connection ..................................................................................................... 3-6 GPIO Interface Connection ..................................................................................... 3-9 Powering the Reader .................................................................................................... 3-10 Powering the Reader via AC Power Supply ........................................................... 3-10 Powering the Reader via Power-over-Ethernet (POE) ........................................... 3-10 LED Sequences ............................................................................................................ 3-11 System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence ..................................................................... 3-11 PWR LED Sequence to Indicate IPv4 Status after Booting .................................... 3-11 Reset to Factory Defaults LED Sequence .............................................................. 3-11 LED Sequence for Software Update Status ............................................................ 3-11 Reading Tags ............................................................................................................... 3-12 Chapter 4: Administrator Console Introduction ................................................................................................................... 4-1 Profiles .................................................................................................................... 4-2 Resetting the Reader .............................................................................................. 4-2 Connecting to the Reader ............................................................................................. 4-3 Connecting via Host Name ..................................................................................... 4-3 Auto Discovery ........................................................................................................ 4-4 Connecting via IP Address ...................................................................................... 4-4 Using Zero-Configuration Networking when DHCP Server is Not Available ........... 4-5 Obtaining the IP Address via Command Prompt .................................................... 4-5 Administrator Console Login ......................................................................................... 4-6 First Time / Start-Up Login ...................................................................................... 4-6 Setting the Region .................................................................................................. 4-7 Reader Administrator Console ...................................................................................... 4-9 Administrator Console Option Selections ............................................................... 4-9 Status ............................................................................................................................ 4-10 Reader Statistics ........................................................................................................... 4-11 Reader Gen2 Optional Operation Statistics ............................................................ 4-12 NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics ......................................................... 4-13 Event Statistics ....................................................................................................... 4-14 Other Custom Command Operation Statistics ........................................................ 4-15 Configure Reader ......................................................................................................... 4-16 Reader Parameters (General) ................................................................................ 4-16 Read Points ............................................................................................................ 4-17 Read Points - Advanced ......................................................................................... 4-19 Configure Region .................................................................................................... 4-20 Read Tags .................................................................................................................... 4-21 Communication Settings ............................................................................................... 4-23 Table of Contents vii Configure Network Settings - Ethernet Tab ............................................................ 4-23 Configure Network Settings - Wi-Fi Tab ................................................................. 4-25 Configure Network Settings - Bluetooth Tab ........................................................... 4-26 Configure LLRP Settings ........................................................................................ 4-27 SNMP Settings ........................................................................................................ 4-28 Wireless Settings .................................................................................................... 4-29 Network Services Settings ...................................................................................... 4-30 System Time Management ........................................................................................... 4-31 IPV6 IP Sec ................................................................................................................... 4-32 Change Password ......................................................................................................... 4-33 FX7500 User Accounts ........................................................................................... 4-33 Managing User Login and Logout ........................................................................... 4-34 GPIO ............................................................................................................................. 4-35 Applications ................................................................................................................... 4-36 Reader Profiles ............................................................................................................. 4-37 FIPS Support on FX7500 ........................................................................................ 4-38 Firmware Version/Update ............................................................................................. 4-39 Firmware Update .................................................................................................... 4-40 Commit/Discard ............................................................................................................ 4-41 System Log ................................................................................................................... 4-42 Configure System Log ............................................................................................ 4-43 Reader Diagnostics ....................................................................................................... 4-44 Shutdown ...................................................................................................................... 4-45 Chapter 5: Troubleshooting Appendix A: Technical Specifications FX7500 Kits .................................................................................................................. A-1 KT-FX75004US-01 4-Port US Reader Kit ............................................................... A-1 KT-FX75002US-01 2-Port US Reader Kit ............................................................... A-1 KT-FX75004WR-01 4-Port Global Reader Kit ........................................................ A-1 KT-FX75002WR-01 2-Port Global Reader Kit ........................................................ A-2 Technical Specifications ............................................................................................... A-2 Cable Pinouts ................................................................................................................ A-4 10/100bT Ethernet / POE Connector ...................................................................... A-4 USB Client Connector ............................................................................................. A-5 USB Host Connector ............................................................................................... A-5 GPIO Port Connections .......................................................................................... A-6 Appendix B: LLRP and RM API Extensions Appendix C: FTP Firmware Upgrade Introduction ................................................................................................................... C-1 Prerequisites ................................................................................................................. C-1 Failsafe Update ............................................................................................................. C-2 Update Phases ............................................................................................................. C-2 Updating FX7500 Reader Software .............................................................................. C-3 viii FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Verifying Firmware Version ..................................................................................... C-3 Updating Methods ................................................................................................... C-4 Verifying Firmware Version ..................................................................................... C-9 Appendix D: Static IP Configuration Introduction 1 Reader IP Address or Host Name is Known - Set the Static IP Using the Web Console ............................................................................................................................... D-1 Reader IP is Not Known (DHCP Network Not Available) -
Set the Static IP Using the Web Console ........................................................................... D-3 Appendix E: RF Air Link Configuration Introduction ................................................................................................................... E-1 Radio Modes ................................................................................................................. E-1 Appendix F: Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles Introduction ................................................................................................................... F-1 Connecting to a Wireless Network Using a Wi-Fi Dongle ............................................. F-1 Connecting to a Peer Device over Bluetooth Using a Bluetooth Dongle ...................... F-5 Index ABOUT THIS GUIDE Introduction This Integrator Guide provides information about installing, configuring, and using the FX7500 RFID readers and is intended for use by professional installers and system integrators. The FX7500 readers provide real time, seamless tag processing for EPC Class1 Gen2 compliant tags. NOTE Screens and windows pictured in this guide are samples and may differ from actual screens. Configurations This guide includes the following FX7500 RFID reader configurations:
FX7500-42320A50-US: 4-Port FCC FX7500-22320A50-US: 2-Port FCC FX7500-42325A50-WR: 4-Port Worldwide FX7500-22325A50-WR: 2-Port Worldwide x FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Chapter Descriptions Topics covered in this guide are as follows:
Chapter 1, Quick Start provides a Quick Start tag reading demonstration. Chapter 2, Getting Started provides an overview of RFID technology/components and a description of the FX7500 reader and features. Chapter 3, Installation and Communication provides information on installing and setting up the FX7500 readers. Chapter 4, Administrator Console describes how to connect to the reader and how to use the web-based Administrator Console to configure and manage FX7500 readers. Chapter 5, Installation Examples provides sample setups and describes how to apply these to a user installation. Chapter 5, Troubleshooting describes FX7500 readers troubleshooting procedures. Appendix A, Technical Specifications includes the technical specifications for the reader. Appendix B, LLRP and RM API Extensions provides references to Low Level Reader Protocol (LLRP) and Reader Management (RM) extensions for the FX7500 reader. Appendix C, FTP Firmware Upgrade provides reader firmware upgrade information on using the web-based Administrator Console and an FTP or FTPS server running a host computer. Appendix D, Static IP Configuration describes three methods of setting the static IP address on an FX7500 RFID Reader. Appendix E, RF Air Link Configuration describes how to select air link configuration from a set of available air link profiles. Appendix F, Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles describes how to connect to a wireless network using a USB Wi-Fi dongle on the FX7500, and how to connect to a peer device over Bluetooth using a USB Bluetooth dongle. Notational Conventions The following conventions are used in this document:
RFID reader or reader refers to the Motorola FX7500 RFID readers. Italics are used to highlight the following:
Chapters and sections in this and related documents Dialog box, window, links, software names, and screen names Drop-down list, columns and list box names Check box and radio button names Icons on a screen About This Guide xi Bold text is used to highlight the following:
Dialog box, window and screen names Drop-down list and list box names Check box and radio button names Key names on a keypad Button names on a screen Icons on a screen Bullets () indicate:
Action items Lists of alternatives Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential. Sequential lists (e.g., those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists. Related Documents and Software The following documents provide more information about the reader. FX7500 RFID Reader Quick Start Guide, p/n MN000070A01 FX Series Reader Software Interface Control Guide, p/n 72E-131718--xx RFID Demo Applications User Guide, p/n 72E-160038-01 Application Guide for Motorola Enterprise Mobility Devices, p/n 72E-68902-xx RFID3 API EPCglobal Low Level Reader Protocol (LLRP) Standard For the latest version of these guides and software, visit: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/support. Service Information If you have a problem using the equipment, contact your facility's technical or systems support. If there is a problem with the equipment, they will contact the Motorola Solutions Global Customer Support Center at:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/support. When contacting Motorola Solutions support, please have the following information available:
Serial number of the unit Model number or product name Software type and version number. Motorola responds to calls by e-mail, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in support agreements. If your problem cannot be solved by Motorola Solutions support, you may need to return your equipment for servicing and will be given specific directions. Motorola is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty. If you purchased your business product from a Motorola Solutions business partner, contact that business partner for support. xii FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide CHAPTER 1 QUICK START Introduction This chapter provides a Quick Start setup demonstration. Quick Start Demonstration The Quick Start demonstration offers a simple, temporary way to quickly set up the reader and read tags. The demonstration includes:
Step 1, Setup on page 1-1 Step 2, Connecting to the Reader on page 1-2 Step 3, First Time / Start-Up Login on page 1-3 Step 4, Set Region on page 1-4 Step 5, Read Tags on page 1-6 Step 1, Setup For information on complete component kits available from Motorola, see Appendix A, Technical Specifications. 1. Unpack the reader. See Unpacking the Reader on page 3-1. 2. Set up the reader and tags on a desktop. 3. Connect the antenna to antenna Port 1. See Figure 1-1. 4. Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port. See Figure 1-1. Connecting the reader to a subnet that supports DHCP is recommended. This Quick Start procedure is not guaranteed to work if DHCP is disabled in the reader and if the reader is connected directly to a PC. 5. Connect the AC power supply to a power outlet and connect to the power port. See Figure 1-1. NOTE This step is not required for networks supporting Power-over-Ethernet (POE). 1 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 6. Wait for the green power LED to stay lit. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11 for boot-up details. Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Antenna Ports (Four Ports, Reverse TNC) Reset GPIO USB-B Client USB-A Host 10/100BaseT Ethernet (with POE) Power Figure 1-1 FX7500 RFID Reader Rear Panel Connections Step 2, Connecting to the Reader To connect via host name:
1. Open a browser. Recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. 2. Enter the host name, printed on the host name label on the reader, in the browser
(e.g., http://fx7500cd3b0d) and press Enter. The User Login window appears and the reader is ready. NOTE Connect the reader to a network that supports host name registration and lookup to ensure the network can access the reader using the host name. For instance, some networks can register hostnames through DHCP. When first connecting to the reader, it is recommended to keep DHCP enabled in both the PC and in the reader, although it is not guaranteed that hostname will work all the time. Use the host name printed on the reader label, or construct it using the reader MAC address on the bottom of the reader. The host name is a string with the prefix FX7500, followed by the last three MAC address octets. For example, for a MAC address of 00:15:70:CD:3B:0D, use the prefix FX7500, followed by CD, 3B, and 0D, to create the host name FX7500CD3B0D. Enter http://FX7500CD3B0D in the browser address bar to access the reader. To connect using the USB port for network connection, see Motorola USB RNDIS Driver on page 3-6. The default USB RNDIS IP address for the reader is 169.254.10.1 Step 3, First Time / Start-Up Login When starting the reader for the first time:
1. In the User Login window, enter admin in the User Name: field and enter change in the Password: field. Quick Start 1 - 3 Figure 1-2 User Login Window NOTE Contact Motorola Solutions support if you forget the user ID and password. See Service Information on page xi. 2. Click Login. The Region Configuration window appears. NOTE The Region Configuration window does not appear for US reader configurations. For these models, the Administrator Console main window appears. See Figure 4-1 on page 4-2. 1 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Step 4, Set Region Set the region of operation. Setting the unit to a different region is illegal. NOTE Region configuration is not available for readers configured to operate in the United States region (under FCC rules). In this case, skip this step. 1. In the Configure Region Settings window, select the region from the drop-down menu. Figure 1-3 Selecting the Region 2. Select the Communication Standard, if applicable. 3. Select Frequency Hopping, if applicable. 4. Select the appropriate channel(s), if applicable. 5. Select the I understand check box. 6. Select Set Properties to complete the region selection. The Operation Successful window appears. Quick Start 1 - 5 Figure 1-4 Region Configuration, Operation Successful Window 7. Select Commit/Discard. Figure 1-5 Commit/Discard Window 8. Click Commit to save the new region configuration and apply these changes to the reader configuration file, or click Discard to discard the region configuration changes. When the commit completes, the Commit Successful window appears. 1 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Step 5, Read Tags Select Read Tags to view the Reader Operation window. NOTE Enable Java JRE support on the browser for this page to function properly. NOTE For security reasons browsers may block the Read Tags page. Look for a pop window that can be hidden behind the browser or at the bottom of the screen (the taskbar in Windows) and allow the applet to run. NOTE With older browsers, when upgrading/downgrading the FX7500, close the browser and re-open it to clear the old version of files cached. If the java cache for applets is on, clear the cached applet before starting the browser to use the Read Tags page. Figure 1-6 Read Tags Window Click Start Inventory to initiate an on-demand scan on the connected antennas that are enabled. Click Stop Inventory to stop the inventory operation. Select the Clear Tag List check box to clear the current tag list. The list of tags appears in a table with the following attributes for each tag:
EPC Id: Unique tag EPC ID. TagSeen Count: Number of times the tag is identified on the specific antenna. RSSI: Received Signal Strength Indication. Antenna Id: Antenna ID on which the tag is seen. FirstSeen time stamp: UTC time (in microseconds) when the tag was first seen. LastSeen time stamp: UTC time (in microseconds) when the tag was last seen. CHAPTER 2 GETTING STARTED Introduction This chapter provides an overview of RFID technology and components, and describes the FX7500 reader and its features. RFID Technology Overview RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) is an advanced automatic identification (Auto ID) technology that uses radio frequency signals to identify tagged items. An RFID tag contains a circuit that can store data. This data may be pre-encoded or can be encoded in the field. The tags come in a variety of shapes and sizes. A typical RFID system consists of transponders (called tags), readers, and antennas. To read a tag the reader sends out radio frequency waves (using attached antennas). This RF field powers and charges the tags, which are tuned to receive radio waves. The tags use this power to modulate the carrier signal. The reader interprets the modulated signal and converts the data to a format for computer storage. The computer application translates the data into an understandable format. Tags RF Wave and Response Physical/Network Connection Reader and Antenna Host Computer Figure 2-1 RFID System Elements 2 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide RFID Components Motorola RFID solutions offer low cost, long read range, and a high read rate. These features provide real time, end-to-end visibility of products and assets in the factory, distribution center, retail outlet, or other facility. A typical Motorola RFID system consists of the following components:
Silicon based RFID tags that attach to retail products, vehicles, trailers, containers, pallets, boxes, etc. Different antenna types to support applications such as dock door (area antennas) and conveyor. Readers power and communicate with the tags for data capture and provide host connectivity for data migration. Tags Tags contain embedded chips that store unique information. Available in various shapes and sizes, tags, often called transponders, receive and respond to data requests. Tags require power to send data, and are available with two power options:
Active Tags: typically powered by light-weight batteries and have limited life. Passive Tags: the RFID reader generates an RF field that powers the tag. Passive tags are much lighter, less expensive, and have a much longer life than active tags. Antennas Antennas transmit and receive radio frequency signals. A read point is the RF range of an antenna. Readers Readers communicate with the tags and can transfer the data to a host computer. Readers also provide features such as filtering and tag writing. FX7500 readers read Gen2 (dense reader mode) RFID tags. Getting Started 2 - 3 FX7500 RFID Readers The Motorola FX7500 RFID readers are intelligent, C1G2 UHF RFID readers with RFID read performance that provides real-time, seamless EPC-compliant tags processing. FX7500 RFID readers are designed for indoor inventory management and asset tracking applications in large scale deployments. The readers can host third-party customer-driven embedded applications. FX7500 RFID readers are based on Motorola's strategic FX7500 reader platform and are easy to use, deploy, and manage. The readers offer a variety of options for connecting to corporate networks using Ethernet or USB connections. Features include:
ISO 18000-6C standard (EPC Class 1 Gen 2) Dense reader mode capability Enterprise-class performance Application-specific setup for ease of installation Power over Ethernet (POE) to eliminate the need for a power drop SSL/SSH based security for secure data transmission Linux operating system Support for custom or third-party applications Feature set for event and tag management Support for NXP custom commands over LLRP Radio mode support via LLRP v1.0.1 Figure 2-2 FX RFID Reader 2 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide The reader provides a wide range of features that enable implementation of complete, high-performance, intelligent RFID solutions. FX7500 RFID reader configurations include either two or four monostatic antenna ports. The monostatic ports are used only with monostatic antennas. Versions and Kits FX7500 RFID readers are available in a 2-port or 4-port version, individually (reader and mounting bracket) or in a kit that includes the reader, mounting bracket, an antenna, and a power supply. For detailed kit information, see FX7500 Kits on page A-1. WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Do not install the Mounting Bracket, Antenna, Cables, PSU, and PoE (Power Injector) in the EAHS unless they are suitable for use in EAHS per UL 2043. FX7500 RFID Reader LEDs PWR ACTV STAT APP Antenna Ports (Reverse TNC) Rear Panel Figure 2-3 FX7500 RFID Reader Getting Started 2 - 5 Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Antenna Ports (Four Ports, Reverse TNC) Reset GPIO USB-B Client USB-A Host 10/100BaseT Ethernet (with POE) Power Figure 2-4 FX7500 RFID Reader Rear Panel Connections CAUTION Use only parts provided with the FX7500 RFID readers, or Motorola approved/recommended parts. Substituting other cables or parts can degrade system performance, damage the reader, and/or void the warranty. FX7500 RFID Reader Rear Panel Table 2-1 Rear Panel Descriptions Port Antenna Ports
(Reverse TNC) Reset GPIO USB Client USB Host 10/100BaseT Ethernet Power Description Two port version: Connect up to two antennas. Four port version: Connect up to four antennas. See Table A-1 on page A-2 for the maximum antenna gains and RF output powers for both US/Canada and EU. See Connecting Antennas on page 3-4 for connection information. To reset the reader insert a paper clip into the reset hole, press and hold the reset button for not more than 2 seconds. This resets the reader, but retains the user ID and password. Insert a DE15 serial cable to connect to external devices. See GPIO Interface Connection on page 3-9 for more information. The USB client port supports (by default) a network mode of operation. This enables a secondary network interface as a virtual adapter over USB. Use Visual Studio to use the USB port for development. Use a remote display tool to access the Windows CE graphical interface. Advanced users can create a custom communication protocol on the USB port. See USB Connection on page 3-6 for connection information. Use the USB host port to connect USB devices such as WiFi / Bluetooth over USB dongles and flash memory drives. Insert a standard RJ45 Ethernet cable to connect to an Ethernet network with or without POE capability, or to a local computer. See Ethernet Connection on page 3-5 for connection information. DC connector connects to a Motorola approved power supply AC adapter (varies depending on the country). Maximum power 24 VDC, 1.2 A. See Powering the Reader on page 3-10 for connection information. 2 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide FX7500 RFID Readers LEDs The reader LEDs indicate reader status as described in Table 2-2. For the LED boot up sequence see System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. PWR ACTV STAT APP Figure 2-5 FX7500 RFID Readers LEDs Table 2-2 LED Indications LED Function Color/Status Description PWR Power ACTV Activity STAT Status Off Amber Solid Red Flashing Amber Solid Green Solid Off Amber Flashing Green Flashing Off Red Solid Red Flashing Green Flashing Reader is powered off Booting Firmware upgrade Application initialization after booting Reader is powered on and operational No RF operations On for 500 mSec indicates another tag operation On for 500 mSec indicates a tag is inventoried or read No errors or GPIO events Firmware update failure On for 500 mSec indicates an error in RF operation On for 500 mSec indicates a GPI event APP Application Green/Red/Amber Controlled through RM Getting Started 2 - 7 FX7500 RFID Reader Features Configuration and Upgrading Use the Administrator Console to reconfigure the reader. See Chapter 4, Administrator Console. The reader can also accept new firmware and configuration updates. Tag Management The Administrator Console provides the Read tags feature. See Read Tags on page 4-21. Use client applications based on Motorola EMDK (Enterprise Mobility Development Kit) such as Power Session, or LLRP
(EPCGlobal Low Level Reader Protocol) for additional tag management operations such as Write, Lock, Filtering, Event Management and Kill. Device Management Quick Backup and Recovery Use a web browser to back up and restore reader configuration by downloading the configuration XML file. Use the Administrator Console to download the file to the reader. SNMP Integration The reader can send real time notification of specific events and failures to an SNMP server. Logging The reader keeps a log of all system-related activities for security and troubleshooting. The log includes time-stamped system activities such as login attempts and hardware failures. Use the log to pinpoint problems, to facilitate quick resolution, and to identify administrators who may require additional training to prevent future problems. See System Log on page 4-42. Connection Options The FX7500 provides flexibility for connecting to networks through an Ethernet connection or the USB client port. The readers primary network interface is Ethernet. The Ethernet interface accesses each reader from anywhere on the network using the unique host name or IP address. Additionally, the USB client port supports (by default) a Network mode of operation. This enables a secondary network interface as a virtual adapter over USB. The interfaces co-exist and if the Ethernet connection fails, the application can switch to USB using a specific IP and can control the reader. See Communications Connections on page 3-5. To use the USB port for network connection, see Motorola USB RNDIS Driver on page 3-6. 2 - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION AND COMMUNICATION Introduction This chapter includes the following FX7500 RFID reader installation and communication procedures:
Unpacking the Reader on page 3-1 Mounting and Removing the Reader on page 3-2 Mounting Tips on page 3-2 Mounting Using the Mounting Plate on page 3-2 Direct Mounting (Without the Mounting Plate) on page 3-3 Connecting Antennas on page 3-4 Communications Connections on page 3-5 Ethernet Connection on page 3-5 USB Connection on page 3-6 GPIO Interface Connection on page 3-9 Powering the Reader on page 3-10 Powering the Reader via AC Power Supply on page 3-10 Powering the Reader via Power-over-Ethernet (POE) on page 3-10 System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11 CAUTION FX7500 RFID readers must be professionally installed. WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Any cables used to interconnect to other equipment must be suitable for use in EAHS as per UL2043. Unpacking the Reader Remove the reader from the shipping container and inspect it for damage. Keep the shipping container, it is the approved shipping container and should be used if the reader needs to be returned for servicing. 3 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Mounting and Removing the Reader WARNING! When installing the antenna ensure a minimum separation distance of 9.1 in (23 cm) between the antennas and all persons. Mounting Tips Mount the reader in any orientation. Consider the following before selecting a location for the FX7500 reader:
Mount the reader indoors, in operating range and out of direct sunlight, high moisture, and/or extreme temperatures. Mount the reader in an area free from electromagnetic interference. Sources of interference include generators, pumps, converters, non-interruptible power supplies, AC switching relays, light dimmers, and computer CRT terminals. Mount the reader within 15 feet of the antennas. Ensure that power can reach the reader. The recommended minimum horizontal mounting surface width is 7 1/2 inches. However, the unit can mount on surfaces as narrow as 6 inches (in locations where unit overhang is not an issue). For vertical mounting the unit can mount on a surface as small as 6 inches by 6 inches. Mount the reader onto a permanent fixture, such as a wall or a shelf, where it is not disturbed, bumped, or damaged. The recommended minimum clearance on all sides of the reader is five inches. Use a level for precise vertical or horizontal mounting. Mounting Using the Mounting Plate WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Do not install the Mounting Bracket in the EAHS. 1. Position the mounting plate on a flat surface (wall or shelf). Position the release tab on the top. See Figure 3-1. 2. Mark the hole locations using the mounting plate as a guide. See Figure 3-1. Remove the mounting plate and drill holes (appropriate for the surface material) at the marked locations. NOTE For wood surfaces, drill two 1/8" diameter by 7/8" deep holes. For drywall/masonry surfaces, drill two 3/16" diameter by 7/8" deep (min) holes and install using the provided anchors. Installation and Communication 3 - 3 Mounting Holes Release Tab Screw Head Stops
(4 typical) Figure 3-1 Mounting Plate, Front 3. Reposition the mounting plate over the mounting holes and secure using the supplied fasteners (as appropriate for the surface material). NOTE Mount the reader with the cable connections up or down, depending on the installation requirements. CAUTION Use a hand screw driver to install the mounting plate (do not use a power driver). Do not use excessive torque, and tighten the screws so that they are just snug on the screw head stops (see Figure 3-1). If the reader does not engage the mounting plate, loosen the screw(s) 1/8 to 1/4 turn and try again. 4. Position the reader by aligning the markers on the metal base plate and the wall bracket, with the key-slot holes over the mounting screws. Gently slide the reader down to lock into place. 5. To remove the reader, press the release tab and slide the reader up while gently pulling out. Direct Mounting (Without the Mounting Plate) CAUTION Not using the mounting plate can affect read performance at elevated temperatures. Also, if not using the mounting plate, secure the reader to prevent it from coming off of the mounting screws. To mount the unit without using the mounting bracket:
1. Use the mounting bracket as a template to locate the holes, or locate and mark the holes on 4 3/16 centers, +/- 1/32. 2. For wood surfaces, drill two 1/8" diameter by 7/8" deep holes on 4.192" centers. For drywall/masonry surfaces, drill two 3/16" diameter by 7/8" deep (min) holes on 4.192" centers and install using the provided anchors. 3. Position the reader with the key-slot holes over the mounting screws and gently slide the reader down to lock into place. 4. Adjust the screw head height to assure a snug fit. Or if the screws are accessible from the back, use machine screws with a lock washer/nut and tighten the nut (from the back) to secure the reader. 3 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Connecting Antennas WARNING! When installing the antenna ensure a minimum separation distance of 9.1 in (23 cm) between the antenna and all persons. CAUTION Power off the reader before connecting antennas. See Powering the Reader on page 3-10. Never disconnect the antennas while the reader is powered on or reading tags. This can damage the reader. Do not turn on the antenna ports from a host when the antennas are not connected. Maximum antenna gain (including any cable loss) cannot exceed 6 dBiL. When mounting the antennas outside the building, connect the screen of the coaxial cable to earth
(ground) at the entrance to the building. Perform this in accordance with applicable national electrical installation codes. In the U.S., this is required by Section 820.93 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70. WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Do not install Antennas and Antenna Cables in the EAHS unless they are suitable for use in EAHS as per UL 2043. Table 3-1 Antenna Gain and Radiated Power FX7500 Max Conducted RF Power at Antenna Input Max Antenna Gain Allowed Max Radiated Power Allowed Antenna Type US
+ 30.0 dBm
+ 6dBiL 4W EIRP Circularly Polarized Plate EU
+29.2 dBm
+ 5.5 dBiL 2W ERP N/A To connect the antennas to the reader (see Figure 3-2):
1. For each antenna, attach the antenna reverse TNC connector to an antenna port. 2. Secure the cable using wire ties. Do not bend the cable. Antenna Ports (Reverse TNC) Figure 3-2 FX7500 RFID Reader Antenna Connection Rear Panel Installation and Communication 3 - 5 Communications Connections Use a standard Ethernet connection, a standard POE, or POE + Ethernet connection to connect the FX7500 reader to a host or network. Ethernet Connection The reader communicates with the host using an Ethernet connection (10/100Base-T Ethernet cable). This connection allows access to the Administrator Console, used to change reader settings and control the reader. With a wired Ethernet connection (10/100Base-T cable), power the FX7500 reader using either the reader Motorola AC power supply, or by Power-Over-Ethernet through the Ethernet cable. Ethernet: Power through AC Outlet The FX7500 reader communicates to the host through a 10/100Base-T Ethernet cable and receives power through a Motorola AC power supply. 1. Route the Ethernet cable. 2. Route the power cable. 3. Terminate the Ethernet cable according to Table A-2 on page A-4. 4. Connect the Ethernet cable to the LAN port on the FX7500 reader. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-5. 5. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the host system LAN port. 6. Connect the Motorola AC power supply to a wall outlet. 7. Insert the power supply barrel connector into the FX7500 reader power port. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-5. 8. Verify that the unit booted properly and is operational. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. 9. On a networked computer, open an internet browser and connect to the reader. See Connecting to the Reader on page 4-3. 10. Log in to the Administrator Console. See Administrator Console Login on page 4-6. Ethernet: Power through Standard POE or POE+
The POE installation option allows the FX7500 reader to communicate and receive power on the same 10/100Base-T Ethernet cable. 1. Insert the POE Ethernet connector on the RJ45 Ethernet cable into the reader 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-5. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to an Ethernet network with POE capability. 3. Verify that the reader booted properly and is operational. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. 4. On a networked computer, open an internet browser and connect to the reader. See Connecting to the Reader on page 4-3. 5. Log in to the Administrator Console. See Administrator Console Login on page 4-6. CAUTION Do not connect to PoE networks outside the building. 3 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide To connect to a network that is not POE capable:
1. Terminate the Ethernet cable according to Table A-2 on page A-4. 2. Connect the Ethernet cable to the FX7500 reader 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-5. 3. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to a POE power injector. 4. Connect a patch cable from the POE power injector to the host system LAN port. 5. Verify that the unit booted properly and is operational. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. 6. On a networked computer, open an internet browser and connect to the reader. See Connecting to the Reader on page 4-3. 7. Log in to the Administrator Console. See Administrator Console Login on page 4-6. USB Connection The USB client port supports (by default) a Network mode of operation. This enables a secondary network interface as a virtual adapter over USB. The interfaces co-exist and if the Ethernet connection fails, the application can switch to USB using a specific IP and can control the reader. To use the USB port for network connection, install the Motorola USB RNDIS Driver on the Windows XP PC or follow the instructions to install the Microsoft RNDIS driver for Windows 7 below. To connect the FX7500 to the host PC, insert a USB cable into the USB client port on the reader. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-5. Connect the other end of the cable to a USB port on the host PC. Motorola USB RNDIS Driver To use the USB port for network connection, install the Motorola USB Remote Network Device (RNDIS) driver and enable the driver on the FX7500. The Motorola RNDIS driver supports 32-bit version operating systems Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, and Windows Server 2008. For Windows 7 32-bit and 64-bit systems, it is recommend to use Microsoft RNDIS driver (see Microsoft RNDIS Driver for Windows 7 on page 3-7). To install the RNDIS driver on the host. 1. Download the installer file Motorola RNDIS.msi from http://www.motorolasolutions.com/support to the host PC. 2. Select this file on the host PC to install the host side drivers for using the USB Remote Network Device Interface on the FX7500. 3. Connect a USB cable between the host and the reader. The Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard screen appears. 4. Select the No, not this time radio button and click Next. 5. Select the default option Install Software Automatically (Recommended). 6. In the Hardware Installation pop-up window, select Continue Anyway. 7. Select Finish to complete the installation. This assigns the host an auto-configured IP address. The network is now ready to use and the readers IP address is fixed to 169.254.10.1. Installation and Communication 3 - 7 Microsoft RNDIS Driver for Windows 7 If using Windows 7:
1. After connecting a USB cable between the PC and reader, the RNDIS driver automatically installs. If it does not, right-click on Computer and select Manage. From System Tools, select Device Manager. Under Other Devices, look for an entry for RNDIS with an exclamation icon indicating that the driver was not installed. Figure 3-3 Computer Management Window 2. Right-click the icon and select Update Driver Software. Search for the device driver software by clicking on Browse my computer for driver software. 3. Select Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my computer. 3 - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 4. Select Network adapters. Figure 3-4 Selecting Device Type 5. Select Microsoft Corporation from the manufacturer list. 6. Under Network Adapter, select Remote NDIS Compatible Device, and click Next. After installation, the PC recognizes the reader as an RNDIS device. The PC obtains the IP address 169.254.10.102, and the reader is reachable at the IP address 169.254.10.1. Sample Implementation This implementation assumes that only one FX7500 reader is connected to a host PC via USB. This feature does not function with multiple readers connected to the host. Motorola recommends disabling any other network interface on the PC. Use an application that uses RFID3 APIs such as Power Session, or use an LLRP application to connect to the reader to read tags. 1. The primary RFID server connects to the FX7500 via the Ethernet interface. 2. The host PC connects to the FX7500 via the USB port. An application on the host PC monitors communication between the primary RFID server and FX7500 reader. 3. When the application on the host PC detects a communication failure between the primary RFID server and the reader, it connects to and controls the reader using the USB virtual interface. Installation and Communication 3 - 9 4. The FX7500 listens on the USB virtual interface on a fixed port (49152) as well as on the standard LLRP port (5084). To enable this, select the Allow LLRP Connection Override check box in Configure LLRP Settings console window. Figure 3-5 Communication / Configure LLRP Settings Window Only one LLRP session can be active on the reader, either through the primary Ethernet interface or through the virtual network over USB interface. If connection is active on one interface, a subsequent connection attempt on a second interface disconnects the first. The second connection attempt always prevails and creates a new session. GPIO Interface Connection This pluggable terminal block type allows connecting individual wires independently. A single connector accommodates both inputs and outputs. See Table A-5 on page A-6 for pinout information. GPIO signals allow some flexibility. Inputs are pulled up within the reader to +5 VDC and can be shorted to ground to pull them low. This allows driving them directly via simple relay or switch contacts. Alternatively, 5V logic can drive inputs. In the logic low state, the current sourced from the reader is approximately 3 mA, so standard gates in most logic families can drive them. Current flow in the high state is negligible. When the equipment uses an external +24 VDC power supply, a +24 VDC connection is provided. This output is not available when an external 24 VDC supply is not present. NOTE Do not connect the +24 VDC output directly to either general purpose input that tolerates voltages in excess of 5V but is designed to operate optimally within the range of 0 to +5 VDC. The general purpose outputs are open-drain drivers, pulled up to 5V. Each output can withstand voltages up to
+30 VDC but should not be driven negative. For best results use the +24 VDC supply as a source of external current and use the outputs directly to drive 24V relays, indicator lamps, etc., wired between the 24V supply 3 - 10 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide and individual general purpose outputs. Although each output can sink up to 1A, the maximum current that can be drawn from the internal 24V supply is 1A, so use an external power supply if the current requirement exceeds this. Note that the state of the general purpose outputs is inverted, e.g., driving a GPO line high at the processor pulls the corresponding output low. Powering the Reader CAUTION Connect the antennas before supplying power to the reader. WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Do not install Power Supplies and PoE (Power Injector) in the EAHS unless they are suitable for use in EAHS as per UL 2043. Powering the Reader via AC Power Supply The Motorola approved AC power supply connects to the power port on the FX7500 reader using a locking connector (see Figure 2-4 on page 2-5). The power supply is compatible with:
120V 60 Hz (North America) 230V 50 Hz (International excluding Japan) 100V 50/60 Hz (Japan). Insert the power supply barrel connector into the reader power port (see Figure 2-4 on page 2-5). Rotate the connector to lock it in place. 1. 2. Apply power to the power supply. The green Power LED stays on to indicate the reader is powered and ready. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. To power down the reader, unplug the power supply from its power source. The green Power LED turns off to indicate that the device is off and the system is not operational. Remove the connector from the reader power port. Powering the Reader via Power-over-Ethernet (POE) Connect the reader to either a standard POE or POE+ injectors. 1. Insert the POE Ethernet connector on the RJ45 Ethernet cable into the reader 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-5. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to an Ethernet network with POE capability. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. To power down the reader, remove the Ethernet cable from the network. The green Power LED turns off to indicate that the device is off and the system is not operational. Remove the connector from the 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. Installation and Communication 3 - 11 LED Sequences System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence See Figure 2-5 on page 2-6 for LED locations. During system start-up:
1. All LEDs turn on for a few seconds when power is applied to the reader. 2. All LEDs turn off and the PWR LED turns amber. 3. The PWR LED turns green to indicate successful RFID application initialization. 4. When the sequence completes, the green PWR LED remains on and all other LEDs are off. PWR LED Sequence to Indicate IPv4 Status after Booting After the RFID application initializes:
1. The PWR LED turns green for 5 seconds to indicate success (following the sequence from System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence). 2. The reader checks the eth0 IPv4 address and indicates the IPv4 status using the LEDs:
If the reader has a DHCP address, the PWR LED blinks green for 3 seconds. If the reader has static IP address, the PWR LED blinks amber 3 seconds. If the reader has an IP address from zero-configuration networking algorithm, the PWR LED blinks red for 3 seconds. If the reader doesn't have valid IP, the PWR LED blinks amber and green using a 90-second timeout to indicate that it is waiting to acquire an IP address. If it obtains a valid IP within the timeout period, the reader indicates the status as described above. If the timeout expires before the reader obtains an IP, the PWR LED stops blinking. 3. The PWR LED again turns solid green. Reset to Factory Defaults LED Sequence Holding the reset button for 8 seconds resets the reader to the factory default configuration. 1. All LEDs turn on as usual when you press and hold the reset button. 2. The PWR LED blinks amber when the reset button is held. 3. The PWR LED blinks green fast 5 times to indicate that the reader detects a reset operation. 4. Release the reset button to reset the reader to factory defaults. LED Sequence for Software Update Status 1. The PWR LED blinks red during the software update process. 2. After reset, the STAT LED blinks red if the radio module requires a firmware update. 3 - 12 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Reading Tags After the reader powers up, test the reader. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. 1. Enable tag reading using the web-based Administrator Console (see Read Tags on page 4-21) or control the reader through a real-time application such as Power Session. 2. Present a tag so it is facing the antenna and slowly approach the antenna until the activity LED turns green, indicating that the reader read the tag. See Figure 2-5 on page 2-6. The distance between the tag and the antenna is the approximate read range. NOTE For optimal read results, do not hold the tag at an angle or wave the tag, as this can cause the read distance to vary.
1 2 3 4 | Installer Guide part 2 | Users Manual | 5.25 MiB | December 11 2013 |
CHAPTER 4 ADMINISTRATOR CONSOLE Introduction NOTE The screens and windows in this chapter may differ from actual screens and windows. The applications described may not be available on (or applicable to) all devices. Procedures are not device-specific and are intended to provide a functional overview. This chapter describes the FX7500 Reader Administrator Console functions and procedures. Access the Administrator Console using a web browser from a host computer, and use this to manage and configure the readers. The Administrator Console main window and support windows have four areas, each containing unique information about the reader. Selection Menu - selects the function for the primary information window. Primary Information Window - provides the primary function information. Product Identification Header - identifies the product. USB Port Status - provides details on the USB device connected to the USB host port. Hover the mouse pointer over the blue link, available only when a device is detected. Help Information Window:
provides detailed information to support the primary information window includes a scroll bar to scroll through information includes a toggle button to turn on/off the help information window 4 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Selection Menu Primary Information Window Product Identification Header Help Information Window Toggle On/Off Button Help Information Window Figure 4-1 Reader Administrator Console Main Menu Profiles Use profiles for multiple reader deployments to save configuration time, as only a few APIs are needed to completely configure a reader. See Reader Profiles on page 4-37. Resetting the Reader To reset the reader, press and hold the reset button for not more than 2 seconds. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-5 for the reset button location. The reader reboots but retains the user ID and password. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. NOTE Hard rebooting the reader (disconnecting power) is not recommended as this discards all the tag events and system log information. Administrator Console 4 - 3 Connecting to the Reader NOTE This section describes procedures in a Windows environment. To use the Administrator Console to manage the reader, first power up the reader and connect it to an accessible network. See Powering the Reader on page 3-10 and Ethernet Connection on page 3-5. The green power LED indicates that the reader is ready. If the green power LED is not lit, reset the reader. See Resetting the Reader on page 4-2. Connect to the reader in one of two ways:
1. Connecting via Host Name on page 4-3 2. Connecting via IP Address on page 4-4 There are three ways to assign an IP address to the reader:
1. Using DHCP on the network 2. Using Zero-Configuration Networking when DHCP Server is Not Available on page 4-5 3. Statically assigning an IP Any method of assigning the IP supports connection using host name or IP address. Alternatively, connect the reader directly to a local computer using zero-configuration networking. See Using Zero-Configuration Networking when DHCP Server is Not Available on page 4-5. NOTE When using zero-configuration networking, the FX7500 reader cannot communicate with computers on different subnets, or with computers that do not use automatic private IP addressing. Connecting via Host Name To connect to the reader using the host name:
CAUTION Reader host name is not guaranteed to work at all times. Its recommended use is only in networks where the probability for IP collisions is low, such as a network in which a DNS server is configured to work together with DHCP to register host names. Host name usage is not recommended in a network where there is no strict control to prevent IP collisions, such as informal networks that use IP static configuration without strict control. 1. Open a browser. Recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. 2. Enter the host name provided on the reader label in the browser (e.g., http://fx7500cd3b0d) and press Enter. The Console Login window appears and the reader is ready. 4 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 3. Proceed to Administrator Console Login on page 4-6 to log in to the reader. NOTE Connect the reader to a network that supports host name registration and lookup to ensure the network can access the reader using the host name. For instance, some networks can register host names through DHCP. When first connecting to the reader, it is recommended to keep DHCP enabled in both the PC and the reader, although it is not guaranteed that the host name will work all the time. Use the host name printed on the reader label, or construct it using the reader MAC address on the reader back label. The host name is a string with prefix FX7500, followed by the last three MAC address octets. For example, for a MAC address of 00:15:70:CD:3B:0D, use the prefix FX7500, followed by the last three MAC address octets (CD, 3B, and 0D), for the host name FX7500CD3B0D. Type http://FX7500CD3B0D in the browser address bar to access the reader. For a network that does not support host name registration and lookup, use the Power Session auto discovery feature to obtain the IP address, and use the IP address connect method. Auto Discovery The FX7500 can automatically belong to a network. The reader implements WS-Discovery conforming to RFID Reader Management Profile (RDMP) specification in ISO 24791-3. RDMP is based on an extension for Device Profile for Web Services (DPWS). The discovery mechanism is limited to subnets and does not work across subnets. The Power Session application supports this feature, and it lists the discovered reader using reader hostnames. Because this feature is based on WS-Discovery, the readers can also be discovered in Windows Vista and Windows 7 computers by clicking on the Network icon in a file browser. Connecting via IP Address To use the IP address to connect to the reader:
1. Open a browser. Recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. 2. Enter the IP address in the browser (e.g., http://157.235.88.99) and press Enter. The Console Login window appears and the reader is ready. 3. Proceed to Administrator Console Login on page 4-6 to login to the reader. Administrator Console 4 - 5 Using Zero-Configuration Networking when DHCP Server is Not Available If a DHCP server is not available, the FX7500 reader can use zero-configuration networking to automatically provide a unique network IP address. The reader can then use TCP/IP to communicate with other computers also using a zero-configuration networking-generated IP address. NOTE When using zero-configuration networking, the FX7500 reader cannot communicate with computers on different subnets, or that do not use automatic private IP addressing. Automatic private IP addressing is enabled by default. The zero-configuration networking procedure is recommended when the reader is connected directly to a PC. It reduces the overhead needed to configure the reader to a static IP address. When zero-configuration networking executes after failing to detect a DHCP server, the reader automatically assigns an IPv4 IP address to the Ethernet interface in the form 169.254.xxx.xxx. This IP address is predictable because it uses the last 2 bytes of the MAC address, usually represented as HEX values, to complete the IPv4 address. These values are converted to decimal format (e.g., if the MAC address ends with 55:9A, the IPv4 address assigned by the zero-configuration algorithm is 169.254.85.148. Windows-based computers support APIPA [or zero-configuration networking???] by default when DHCP fails. To enable APIPA for a Windows PC, visit http://support.microsoft.com/ and search for APIPA. Obtaining the IP Address via Command Prompt The Administrator Console provides the reader IP address. See Figure 4-1 on page 4-2. To obtain the reader IP address without logging into the reader, open a command window and ping the reader host name. See Connecting via Host Name on page 4-3. Figure 4-2 IP Ping Window 4 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Administrator Console Login The reader has a unique first time startup sequence that requires setting a unique user ID and password and as well as the region (regulatory requirement). NOTE The recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. These browsers were tested and validated to work properly. Other browsers may or may not work properly. First Time / Start-Up Login When starting the reader for the first time, set a unique user ID and password and set the region of reader operation. Setting the reader to a different region is illegal. Logging In with Default User ID and Password 1. Upon connecting to the reader with a web browser, the User Login window appears. Figure 4-3 User Login Window 2. Enter admin in the User Name: field and change in the Password: field and click Login. For global reader configurations, the Region Configuration window appears. For US reader configurations, the Administrator Console main window appears. Administrator Console 4 - 7 Setting the Region For global reader configurations, set the region of operation. Setting the unit to a different region is illegal. NOTE Region configuration is not available for readers configured to operate in the United States region (under FCC rules). In this case, skip this step. 1. In the Configure Region Settings window, select the region from the drop-down menu. Figure 4-4 Selecting the Region 2. Select the Communication Standard if applicable. 3. Select Frequency Hopping, if applicable. 4. Select the appropriate channel(s), if applicable. 5. Click the I understand check box. 6. Click Set Properties to complete the region selection. The Operation Successful window appears. 7. Select Commit/Discard from the selection menu. NOTE Most changes to the reader require a commit to save them. 4 - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Figure 4-5 Commit/Discard Window 8. Click Commit to apply the changes to the reader configuration file, or Discard to discard the new region configuration changes. When the commit completes, the Commit Successful window appears. The region is now set and stored in the reader. Administrator Console 4 - 9 Reader Administrator Console The Reader Administrator Console main window appears after successfully logging into the reader. Figure 4-6 Reader Administrator Console Main Window Administrator Console Option Selections Click an item from the selection menu on the left to select:
Status - see Status on page 4-10 Operation Statistics - see Reader Statistics on page 4-11 Gen2 Optional - see Reader Gen2 Optional Operation Statistics on page 4-12 NXP Events Other Custom - see NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics on page 4-13 Configure Reader - see Configure Reader on page 4-16 Read Points - see Read Points on page 4-17 Advanced - see Read Points - Advanced on page 4-19 Region - see Configure Region on page 4-20 Read Tags - see Read Tags on page 4-21 Communication - see Communication Settings on page 4-23 LLRP - see Configure LLRP Settings on page 4-27 SNMP - see SNMP Settings on page 4-28 Wireless - see Services - see Date/Time - see System Time Management on page 4-31 IP Sec - see 4 - 10 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Change Password - see GPIO - see Applications - see Profiles - see Reader Profiles on page 4-37 Firmware - see Firmware Version/Update on page 4-39 Update - see Firmware Update on page 4-40 Commit/Discard - see Commit/Discard on page 4-41 System Log - see System Log on page 4-42 Configure - see Diagnostics - see Shutdown - see Shutdown on page 4-45 Logout - click Logout to immediately log out of the Administrator Console. Status Click Status on the selection menu to view the Reader Status window. This window displays information about the reader and read points (antennas). Figure 4-7 Reader Status Window The Reader Status window provides consolidated reader status information:
System Clock: The current system clock value, in the format of [Year] [Month] [Day] [Hour: Minute:
Second] [Time Difference with UTC]. Click the link to adjust the reader date and time settings. Up Time - Displays how long the reader has been running, in the format [Number of Days] [Number of Hours] [Number of Minutes] [Number of Seconds]. Administrator Console 4 - 11 CPU Usage: Displays the CPU usage of the reader application and customer applications (if any), and the operating system CPU usage. RAM Usage: Displays the total allocated RAM for the reader application and customer applications (if any), the memory used, and the free memory. Flash Usage: Displays the flash memory usage by partition. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for the window. The status information refreshes every N seconds (where N is the user configured value for the refresh interval). The minimum refresh interval value is 10 seconds; the maximum allowed is 86,400 seconds. Reader Statistics Select Operation Statistics to view the Reader Operation Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of individual read points or combined statistics for all read points, including the success and failure values of statistics for each read point. The statistic count is cumulative once the reader starts or the Reset Statistics button is selected. Figure 4-8 Reader Operation Statistics Window Choose ReadPoint - Select a specific read point or select All from the drop-down list to display the statistics. IdentificationCount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) tag inventories. ReadCount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) tag reads. WriteCount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) tag writes. Lockcount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) lock operations on tags. KillCount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) kill operations on tags. Reset Statistics - Resets all success and failure counts (including the optional Gen2 and Custom statistics) for all read points. 4 - 12 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Reader Gen2 Optional Operation Statistics Select Gen2 Optional to view the Reader Gen2 Operation Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of read points for the optional Gen2 operations the reader supports. Figure 4-9 Reader Gen2 Operation Statistics Window Choose ReadPoint - Select a specific read point from the drop-down list to display the statistics, or select All to view the combined statistics for all read points. BlockErase - Displays the number of successful (and failed) block erase operations. BlockWrite - Displays the number of successful (and failed) block write operations. BlockPermalock - Displays the number of successful (and failed) block permalock operations. Reset Statistics - Resets all success and failure counts (including the standard Gen2 and custom statistics) for all read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Administrator Console 4 - 13 NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics Select NXP to view the NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of read points for the custom NXP operations the reader supports. Figure 4-10 NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics Window Choose ReadPoint - Select a specific read point from the drop-down list to display the statistics, or select All to view the combined statistics for all read points. ChangeEAS - Displays the number of successful (and failed) change EAS operations performed on NXP tags. EASAlarm - Displays the number of successful (and failed) EAS alarms received from tags. SetQuiet - Displays the number of successful (and failed) set quiet operations performed on NXP tags. ResetQuiet - Displays the number of successful (and failed) reset quiet operations performed on NXP tags. ChangeConfig - Displays the number of successful (and failed) change configuration operations performed on NXP tags. Reset Statistics - Resets all the success and failure counts (including the standard and optional Gen2 operation statistics) for all the read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. 4 - 14 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Event Statistics Select Events to view the Events Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of events. Figure 4-11 Event Statistics Window AmbientTemperatureHighAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for ambient temperature high alarm. AmbientTemperatureCriticalAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for ambient temperature critical alarm. PATemperatureHighAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for PA temperature high alarm. PATemperatureCriticalAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for PA temperature critical alarm. ForwardPowerHighAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for forward power high alarm. ForwardPowerLowAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for forward power low alarm. ReversePowerHighAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for reverse power high alarm. EchoThresholdAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for echo threshold alarm. DatabaseWarning - Displays the number of events raised for database warning. DatabaseError - Shows the number of events raised for database error. GPIInformation - Shows the number of events raised for GPI events. Reset Statistics - Resets all the success and failure counts for all the read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Administrator Console 4 - 15 Other Custom Command Operation Statistics Select Other Custom to view the Other Custom Command Operation Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of read points for the custom operations the reader supports. Figure 4-12 NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics Window Choose ReadPoint - Select a specific read point from the drop-down list to display the statistics, or select All to view the combined statistics for all read points. QTOperation - Displays the number of successful (and failed) QT operations performed on Monza4 QT tags. Reset Statistics - Resets all the success and failure counts for all the read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. 4 - 16 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Configure Reader Use the Configure Reader submenus to access the following functions. Reader Parameters (General) Select Configure Reader in the selection menu to configure reader settings using this window. Figure 4-13 Reader Parameters Name - Sets the user-configured reader name. Accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Description - Sets a user-configured reader description. Accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Location - Enter information on the reader location. Accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Contact - Enter the name of the reader manager contact. Accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters. GPI Debounce Time - Delays input events up to this time, and delivers these events only if the PIN states remains on the same level. Operation Status - Displays the current operation status of the reader (Enabled, Disabled, or Unknown). Antenna Check - Controls the antenna sensing feature on the reader. Disabled indicates that the reader does not attempt to check if an antenna is connected on the ports. When Enabled, the reader monitors the presence of an antenna on the port and only transmits RF if an antenna is connected. Idle Mode Timeout (secs) - Turns off the radio when the reader is idle for the specified time interval. A value of 0 disables this feature. Enabling this also turns off the antenna check feature when idle mode is entered after time out. Radio Power State - Displays the current state (On or Off) of the radio. The radio can be turned off if the Idle Mode Timeout is set to a non-zero value and the radio is not performing RF operations for a time period greater than the time specified by this timeout. The radio turns on automatically when RF operation starts. Set Properties - Click to send the changes to the reader. These settings only affect the display. Use Commit/Discard on page 4-41 to save the changes. Administrator Console 4 - 17 Read Points Click Read points in the selection menu to configure the read point settings and view the current read points state. Figure 4-14 Configure Read Points Antenna Status Status buttons - indicate the status of the reader read points:
Green: Connected - Read point is enabled and an antenna is connected to the port. Red: Not connected - Read point is enabled, but no antenna is connected to the port. Yellow: User disabled - The user disabled the read point. Click a read points status button to view and/or change the selected antenna configuration. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) to update the readpoint status. The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Maintenance mode - Places the reader in maintenance mode which intermittently drives PWR, ACT, and STAT LEDs to easily locate the reader. Also enables quick reporting of antenna status by setting the refresh interval to 2 seconds. Note that you can not modify the refresh interval in this mode. 4 - 18 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Antenna Configuration Choose Read Point - Select a read point to display the configuration. Description - Enter a read point description of up to 32 alphanumeric characters. User Configuration - Enable or disable the read point. Disabling a read point blocks RF operation using the port/antenna. Air Protocol - Displays the air protocols the read point supports. The reader currently supports only EPC Class1 GEN2 air protocol. Cable loss (dB/100 ft) - Specifies the cable loss in terms of dB per 100 feet length for the antenna cable that is used to connect this read point port to the antenna. Refer to the specification of the antenna cable for this information. The default value is 0. Setting this and the cable length to non-zero values allows the compensating for the RF signal loss in the cable due to attenuation by specifying an appropriate increase in the transmit power for this read point. The reader uses this and the cable length value to internally calculate the cable loss. The calculated cable loss is internally added to the power level configured on the read point. Cable length (ft) - Sets the cable length in feet of the physical cable that connects the read point port to the antenna. Set Properties - Select Set Properties to apply the changes. Select Commit/Discard on page 4-41 to save the changes to the reader. Administrator Console 4 - 19 Read Points - Advanced Click Advanced under Read points in the selection menu to view the Advanced Antenna Configuration window. Use this window to modify the transmission power and frequency configuration elements of the antenna. NOTE This page is not supported when LLRP is configured in secure mode. Figure 4-15 Advanced Antenna Configuration Retrieve the current configuration of an antenna before applying the advanced configuration settings. Get Configuration - Select an antenna to get the current configuration for that antenna. After login, you must get the antenna configuration for an antenna before settings can be applied. The antenna configuration page retains the retrieved settings after login if you do not refresh the page using browser refresh. Transmit Power - Displays the current transmit power setting after selecting Get Configuration, and allows changing the transmit power for that antenna. This transmit power level does not include cable loss compensation. Transmit Frequency - Displays the active frequency configuration on the reader, and allows changing the frequency for non-frequency hopping enabled regulatory regions. If hopping is enabled, the combo box displays the hop table ID. Save Settings Permanently - Check this to save the settings permanently and persist them across reboots. Apply - Click to apply the settings for the selected antennas. This applies the selected transmit power and frequency/hop table configuration to all selected antennas. The settings are applied immediately and have immediate effect on Inventory/Access operations. Also check Save Setting Permanently to persist these settings across reboots unless modified by another client. 4 - 20 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Configure Region Different countries have different RF regulatory requirements. To assure regulatory compliance, select Region to set the reader for specific regulatory requirements in the country of reader operation using the Configure Region Settings window. NOTE Region configuration is not required for readers configured to operate in the United States region (under FCC rules). Because of the differing frequency requirements, there are several versions of the hardware. The list of choices on this page is limited by the software to those selections compatible with the hardware in use. Note that if only one option is compatible with the hardware, that option is selected automatically. Figure 4-16 Configure Region Settings Window Region of Operation - Select the region for the country of operation from the drop-down list. This list includes regions which have regulatory approval to use with the current board. Communication Standard - Select the communication standard from the list of standards that the chosen region supports. If a region supports only one standard, it is automatically selected. Frequency Hopping - Check to select frequency hopping. This option appears only if the chosen region of operation supports this. Selected Channels - Select a subset of channels on which to operate (from the list of supported channels). This option appears only if the chosen region of operation supports this. Please confirm - Check the I understand check box to confirm your understanding that the choices are in compliance with local regulatory requirements. Set Properties - Click to apply the changes. Select Commit/Discard on page 4-41 to save the changes to the reader. Administrator Console 4 - 21 Read Tags Select Read Tags to view the Reader Operation window. Use this window to perform inventory on the connected antennas and view the list of inventoried tags. NOTE Enable Java JRE support on the browser in order for this window to function properly. NOTE This page is not supported when LLRP is configured in secure mode. Figure 4-17 Read Tags Window Start Inventory - Click to starts inventory operation on the connected antennas. If the there are no connected antennas, no tags in the field of view, or all the antennas are user-disabled, the Read Tags window indicates that inventory successfully started but no tags display. Stop Inventory - Stops the ongoing inventory operation. Clear Tag List - Clears the current tag list. Auto Config - Check this to set the reader to auto-optimized mode. In this mode the reader senses the environment and adjusts its RF characteristics to be optimized as per the environment. Total Unique Tags - Indicates the number of unique tags read. 4 - 22 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide The list of tags appears in a table with the following attributes for each tag:
EPC Id - Unique tag EPC ID. TagSeen Count - Number of times the tag was identified on the specific antenna. RSSI - Received Signal Strength Indication. Antenna Id - Antenna ID on which the tag is seen. FirstSeen time stamp - UTC time (in microseconds) when the tag was first seen. LastSeen time stamp - UTC time (in microseconds) when the tag was last seen. Administrator Console 4 - 23 Communication Settings Select Communication to view the Configure Network Settings window. This window has tabs for Ethernet, WiFi, and Bluetooth. Each tab has options for IPV4 and IPV6. Configure Network Settings - Ethernet Tab Figure 4-18 Configure Network Settings - Ethernet Tab IPV4 Obtain IPV4 Address via DHCP - The reader supports both automatic TCP/IP configuration via DHCP and manual configuration. The DHCP button turns DHCP on and off. If DHCP is turned on, this window displays actual current values of the reader's IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, and DNS server. Because these are obtained from the DHCP server, they cannot be changed manually. If DHCP is turned off, you can set the following values for these fields. Current IPV4 Address - IP address (in dotted notation) at which the reader is assigned. IPV4 Subnet Mask - Subnet mask (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. IPV4 Default Gateway - Default gateway (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. IPV4 DNS Server - DNS server (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. MAC Address - The MAC address of the reader. NOTE You must click Commit to update the network configuration (see Save Changes.) If the Commit is not successful, the system indicates the problem and allows correcting it by repeating the operation. DHCP and IP address updates do apply until the reader is rebooted. 4 - 24 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide IPV6 Obtain IPV6 Address via DHCP - The reader supports both automatic TCP/IPV6 configuration via DHCP and manual configuration. The DHCP button turns DHCP on and off. If DHCP is turned on, this window displays actual current values of the reader's IPV6 address, prefix length, default gateway, and DNS server. Because these are obtained from the DHCP server, they cannot be changed manually. If DHCP is turned off, you can set the following values for these fields. Current IPV6 Address - IP address (in dotted notation) at which the reader is assigned. Prefix Length - Prefix length appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. IPV6 Default Gateway - Default gateway (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. IPV6 DNS Server - DNS server (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. MAC Address - The MAC address of the reader. NOTE You must click Commit to update the network configuration (see Save Changes.) If the Commit is not successful, the system indicates the problem and allows correcting it by repeating the operation. DHCP and IP address updates do apply until the reader is rebooted. NOTE Also enable automatic configuration for IPV6 through RA packets configuration. To enable or disable RA packet configuration go to the Services window (see Services). Configure Network Settings - Wi-Fi Tab Administrator Console 4 - 25 Figure 4-19 Configure Network Settings - Wi-Fi Tab IPV4 The reader supports only DHCP-based configuration for WIFI. This window displays the current values of the reader's IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, and DNS server. Since these are obtained from the DHCP server, they cannot be changed manually. IPV6 The reader supports only DHCP based configuration for WIFI. This window displays the current values of the reader's IPV6 address, prefix length, default gateway, and DNS server. Since these are obtained from the DHCP server, they cannot be changed manually. 4 - 26 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Configure Network Settings - Bluetooth Tab Figure 4-20 Configure Network Settings - Bluetooth Tab The reader supports only automatic IP configuration of the Bluetooth interface. If a Bluetooth client is connected to the reader, this window displays the current values of the reader's IPV4 address, Subnet mask, IPV6 address, and prefix length in the appropriate tabs. Because these are automatically configured for a reader, they cannot be changed manually. If a Bluetooth USB dongle is connected to the reader, you can set the following Bluetooth properties in this window:
Discoverable - Select whether the reader is seen by other Bluetooth-enabled devices on discovery. Pairable - Select whether any Bluetooth-enabled device can pair with reader. Use Passkey - Enable this option to mandate the connecting device to supply a pre-determined passkey to use for authentication while pairing. Passkey - The passkey to use for authentication. DHCP start address - The starting address of the DHCP IP range out of which an IP is assigned to the connecting device. DHCP end address - The end address of the DHCP IP range out of which an IP is assigned to the connecting device. NOTE The DHCP IP range specified using the DHCP start address and DHCP end address options also determine the IP of the Bluetooth interface of the reader. The first two octets of the IP address of the reader Bluetooth interface are taken from the IP range specified and the last two octets use the reader BD address. Administrator Console 4 - 27 Configure LLRP Settings Select LLRP to view and set the LLRP settings. By default, LLRP activates in server mode, where LLRP clients can connect to the reader using the port number specified in the Client port field. You can also configure the reader in LLRP client mode. In this case, configure the LLRP server address in this web page as well. LLRP cannot be disabled since it is the primary native protocol for RFID for the reader. Figure 4-21 Configure LLRP Settings Window This window offers the following fields:
LLRP Status - Displays the current state of the LLRP server on the reader. Indicates whether LLRP is running. Operation Mode - Sets the LLPR mode in the reader to either Server or Client. LLRP configuration options when the reader is in Server mode:
Client IP - Displays the currently connected LLRP client's IP address. If there is no LLRP client connection, this is 0.0.0.0. Client Port - Configures the LLRP listening port on the reader. The default is 5084. Connect Status - Indicates whether the client is connected. This button is grayed out if there is no client connected. If an LLRP client is connected to the reader, this button is enabled; click this button to disconnect the client. LLRP configuration options when the reader is in Client mode:
Server IP - Configures the IP address of the server to connect to. Client Port - Configures the LLRP host port to connect to. The default is 5084. Allow LLRP Connection Override (From USB IF) - This allows the reader to listen on an alternate port
(49152) on the virtual network (over USB) interface. When an LLRP client is connected over the primary interface (Ethernet and primary LLRP port), a different client can override this connection on the alternate interface (Virtual Network and alternate port 49152) if this option is enabled. This also permits overriding a connection from a primary interface over an existing connection on an alternate interface. This option is off by default. Changing this option restarts the LLRP service on the reader. 4 - 28 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Connect Status - Indicates whether the reader is connected to the LLRP host. This button toggles between ConnectLLRP and DisconnectLLRP. Clicking ConnectLLRP initiates an LLRP connection to the host server. LLRP configuration options when the reader is in Secure mode:
Security Mode - Specifies whether LLRP communicates in secure or unsecure mode. Checking Enable Secure Mode switches the LLRP port to 5085 by default. You can override the port value. LLRP in secure mode supports ciphers that are compliant with TLS1.2. Validate Peer - Specifies whether the validation of peer against the same certification authority issued certificate is required. If you select the validate peer option, the secure LLRP service on the reader allows connection for valid secure peer entities only if the certificate of the peer is issued from the same certification authority that issued the certificate for the reader. By default the reader uses self-signed certificates, and peer certificate based validation is disabled. SNMP Settings Select SNMP to view the Configure SNMP Settings window. Figure 4-22 Configure SNMP Settings Window Use this window to configure the SNMP host settings to allow sending network status events and receiving network status event notifications:
Send SNMP Trap To - Configures the host IP address to which the SNMP trap is sent. Leave this blank to send no traps to any host. SNMP Community String - SNMP community string to use for SNMP set and get. SNMP Version - SNMP version to use in the reader. Supported versions are V1 and V2c. Send Server Heartbeat - Sends a heartbeat message periodically to the configured SNMP host. NOTE Send SNMP Trap To and Send Server Heartbeat take effect immediately after clicking Set Properties. However, perform a Commit to persist the changes. The modified SNMP Community String and SNMP Version are not affected until the reader reboots. Wireless Settings Select Wireless to view the Reader Wireless Settings Parameters window. Administrator Console 4 - 29 Figure 4-23 Wireless Settings Window Use this window to set the wireless configuration on the reader. Motorola provides native support for USB WiFi adapters with the Realtek chipset RTL 8187, and tested the following adapters:
Alfa AWUS036H CCrane Versa Wifi USB Adapter II The Wireless Settings window offers the following options:
Get Details - Click to get details of the connected network, including the ESSID, signal strength, and connection status. Disconnect - Click to disconnect from a connected network. Scan and Choose Network - Scan the available networks. Clicking this lists the ESSID in the drop-down menu. If the ESSID is hidden (not broadcasted), enter the ESSID in the text box provided. Passkey - Pre-shared key for the WPA/WPA2 network. Connect Automatically - Persist network setting across reboots and automatically retain association with the configured AP. NOTE The scan function can take several seconds. All buttons on the page are disabled while the scan is in progress, and re-enabled when the scan completes. 4 - 30 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Network Services Settings Select Services to view the Configure Network Service Settings window. Figure 4-24 Configure Network Service Settings Window The reader supports the following network services. Web Server - Configures the web server in either HTTP (unsecure) (default) or HTTPS (secure) mode. Shell - Sets the shell to SSH (secure) mode (default) or a disabled state. File Server - Sets the file server to either FTP (unsecure) or FTPS (secure) (default) mode. Disable IPV6 Stack - Select this to disable the reader's IPV6 stack. IPV6 stack is enabled by default. Receive RA packets - This option is only valid when the IPV6 stack is enabled. Enable this to allow IPV6 IP configuration through RA packets; otherwise obtain the IP via DHCP in the Communication window or assign statically. This is disabled by default. NOTE You must click Commit to update the service configuration (see Save Changes.) If the Commit is not successful, the system indicates the problem and allows correcting it by repeating the operation. Administrator Console 4 - 31 System Time Management Select Date Time to view the System Time Management window. Use this window to set the date and time value of the reader, or to specify an NTP server for the reader to synchronize with. Figure 4-25 System Time Management Window To specify an SNTP server, enter the SNTP server's IP address or name in the SNTP Server Name or IP Address box, and then click Set SNTP Parameters. You must select Commit for the change to take effect. To adjust the time manually, select the appropriate value for the user's local time, and click the Set Date and Time button. This adjusts the reader's clock to the value provided if the operation is successful. Otherwise, an appropriate message indicates the reason for the failure. You can also set the Time Zone (including use of Daylight Savings) using the drop-down menu. NOTE The date/time and time zone changes take effect immediately, and do not require a Commit. 4 - 32 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide IPV6 IP Sec Select IP Sec to view the IPV6 IP Sec window. IP Sec settings allow adding IPSec pairing of the reader with a partner with a pre-shared key. Figure 4-26 IPV6 IP Sec Window To add an IP Sec entry:
1. Click the Add IP Sec Entry radio button. 2. 3. 4. In the IP Address field, specify the IP address of the partner with whom the IP SEC communication is intended. In the Passkey field, enter the pre-shared passkey (from 6 to 15 characters) to use with the partner IP address. In the Access Level drop-down list, select the IPSec access level. Options are Transport and Tunnel mode. Currently the reader only supports Transport mode. 5. Click the Add IP Sec Entry button. To delete an IP Sec entry:
1. Click Delete IP Sec Entry radio button. 2. In the IP Address field, specify the IP address of the partner with whom the IP SEC communication is configured and is to be deleted. 3. Click the Delete IP Sec Entry button. Administrator Console 4 - 33 Change Password To ensure the controlled and secured access to reader Administrator Console functions, designate which users and computers are authorized to have system access by setting up authorized user accounts. Only users logging in with a registered user name and password can successfully access Administrator Console functions. FX7500 User Accounts The FX7500 supports the different user accounts:
admin - This user has web access but no shell access, with full privileges to make changes on the reader using the Administrator Console interface and to access to the reader using the FTP interface. guest - This user has web access but no shell access, with read-only privileges in the Administrator Console and can not make configuration changes. The guest user does not need a password to log in to the Administrator Console. rfidadm - This is the reader administrator, with shell access but no Administrator Console access. rfidadm has full access to the /apps directory and read-only access to most of the other directories, including the /platform, /usr, /lib, /etc, and /bin directories. The rfidadm user can use this account to install and uninstall RFID programs and upload user applications. Select Change Password to view the Change Password window. Figure 4-27 Change Password Window To set a user password:
1. 2. 3. In the User Name drop-down list, select the user for whom to change the password. In the Old Password field, enter the existing password for that user. In the New Password field, enter the new password, and again in the Re-Enter Password field. 4 - 34 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 4. Click Change Password. The password changes immediately and does not require a Commit operation. Managing User Login and Logout Users must log in and log out of the system to ensure that system access is granted only to authorized users, and that only one user is logged in at a time to ensure that multiple users do not make conflicting changes to the system. If the user performs no action for a period of time, the system automatically logs him or her out. The user must log in again to use the Administrator Console. Administrator Console 4 - 35 GPIO Select GPIO to view the GPIO Control Page. This window allows viewing and setting the status for GPI pins. Figure 4-28 GPIO Control Page Settings - Map the reader GPI and/or GPO with the radio GPIO. Select either Radio or Host for GPIx or GPOx where x = 0 or 1. An attempt to violate this condition changes the selection to either Host GPIx or Host GPOx automatically. These settings are valid for FX7500 four port readers and are disabled if not supported. Status - To set a GPO pin high or low, click on the image next to the required pin number:
Green indicates GPIO HIGH Red indicates GPIO LOW Yellow indicates GPIO unknown GPI Debounce Time - Enter a value of up to 1000 milliseconds to minimize spikes that can occur when a device connects to the GPIO port of the FX reader. The default is 50. Debounce time applies to all input pins, and pins must work independently of each other. Events and callback functions occur only after the debounce time expires, provided the pin state remains at the same level for the debounce time duration. GPIO debounce does not impact GPO and input operations when set to 0. Set Properties - Click this when all selections are made. 4 - 36 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Applications Select Applications to view the User Application Page. This window allows installing applications on the reader and provides details of the installed application. Figure 4-29 User Application Page The Existing Packages section includes the following options:
List of Installed apps - The drop-down menu lists the current packages installed in the reader. Start/Stop - The image displays the running status as follows. Click the image to toggle the status. Green indicates application is running Red indicates application is not running AutoStart - Select this check box to run the application at startup. Uninstall - Removes the package from the reader. To create packages for the FX7500 reader, use any of the standard Debian package creation tools, or create them manually. The package must contain a binary executable compatible with ELF 32-bit LSB executable, ARM, version 1, GNU Linux. The name of the binary executable must match the name of the package, excluding the version name. For example, if the package name is package-1_2.1_all (package 1 version 2.1), the name of the binary executable must be package-1. There can be more than one binary in the package. The package must contain a startup script in the name of start_packageName.sh to start the binary or binaries in the package. For example, if the package name is package-1_2.1_all.deb (package 1 version 2.1), the name of the startup script must be start_package-1.sh. Administrator Console 4 - 37 The package must contain a stop script in the name of stop_packageName.sh to stop the binary or binaries in the package. For example, if the package name is package-1_2.1_all.deb (package 1 version 2.1), the name of stop script must be stop_package-1.sh. NOTE The reader executes the packages with the privileges of rfidadm user account. See the user accounts section for information on rfidadm user privileges. Reader Profiles Select Profiles in the selection menu to view the Reader Profiles window, which shows the current profiles on the reader and allows performing profile-related operations. NOTE Because the Reader Profiles window uses an applet to connect to the reader, enable JVM support on the browser in order for this window to function properly. The window displays a set of provided configuration files, or profiles, that a user can re-use and/or modify depending on the reader application or use case. The profiles serve as configuration examples. Figure 4-30 Reader Profiles Window The Reader Profiles window functions are:
Available Profiles in the Reader - Displays the available reader profiles. Import - Click to open a file dialog and pick a profile (XML file) from the local PC and import it into the reader. Export - Select an available profile and click Export to export profile information and save an XML file onto the local drive. 4 - 38 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Set Active - Activates a selected profile. Select an available profile and click Set Active to load the profile content in the reader. CAUTION Swapping profiles between readers using static IP addresses is not recommended. Activating a profile with a static IP address changes the IP of the reader, and if not done properly can make the reader inaccessible. Delete - Select an available profile and click Delete to delete the profile. NOTE Current Config is a special logical profile that can only be exported to the PC. This cannot be imported, activated, or deleted. Only the profile name indicates that it is the active profile. Profiles can specify a number of reader parameters, including RF air link profiles. Air link profiles cannot be configured using LLRP or web page interface. See Appendix E, RF Air Link Configuration for more information about air link profile configuration. FIPS Support on FX7500 The FX7500 supports FIPS 140-2 Level 1 for the following interfaces:
HTTPS FTPS SSH LLRP Server IPSec SNMP To enable or disable FIPS support in the reader profile, export the profile XML (CurrentConfig) from the reader and set FIPS_MODE_ENABLED to 1 to enable FIPS, or 0 to disable FIPS. Then import the XML to the reader and activate. Changing the FIPS mode restarts the reader. By default, FIPS is disabled. Administrator Console 4 - 39 Firmware Version/Update The Firmware Version window displays the current software and firmware versions and allows upgrading to new firmware. From the selection menu, click Firmware. Figure 4-31 Firmware Version Current Version indicates the binary versions currently running in the reader. Last Known Version indicates binary image versions stored in the backup partition. This window provides version information on the following firmware:
Boot Loader OS File System Reader Application LLRP Radio Firmware Radio API Select Revert Back to revert the firmware to last known version. The reader automatically reboots. This option is not enabled if the reader detects an error in the previous firmware update. 4 - 40 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Firmware Update The Firmware Update window allows upgrading to new firmware. From the selection menu, click Update. NOTE You must be logged in with Administrator privileges in order to access this window. See Change Password on page 4-33. The reader supports three different methods of updating the firmware:
Update using a USB drive. File-based update that allows uploading the firmware files from the PC (or a network location) to the reader and running the update. FTP / FTPS / SCP server-based update. For instructions on updating the firmware, see Appendix C, FTP Firmware Upgrade. Administrator Console 4 - 41 Commit/Discard Changes made to the logical view of the reader network using the Administrator Console do not immediately apply to the reader and network connections. To apply reader configuration modifications, select Commit/Discard, then click Commit to save the changes to the reader configuration file, and to update the running physical reader network. While a successful update can take up to a minute to complete, the system continues to operate with a brief one or two second pause. Figure 4-32 Configuration Commit/Discard Window To discard changes to the server's configuration file made to the reader network during this session, click Discard. Click Factory Reset to reset the reader to factory defaults. This clears all customized user settings, including configuration, and installed applications. The reader reboots automatically. 4 - 42 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide System Log The System Log window lists reader log information. Figure 4-33 System Log Window This window offers the following options:
Apply Filter - Select a filter option from the drop-down menu to view logs for particular process and/or severity:
None - Do not apply a filter. Minimum Severity only - The severity level filters the log. Process Selection only - Selected pre-defined processes and comma-separated process strings filters the logs. Minimum Severity & Process Selection - both severity and process selection are considered in the filter. If you select Process Selection only or Minimum Severity & Process Selection and the process string is empty with no pre-defined process selection, then the pre-defined process list filters the logs. Minimum Severity - Select the severity level on which to filter. Process Selection - Select the types of processes to filter upon. Other process - To filter for specific processes, enter the process in this text box using a comma-separated process list string with no spaces. If the log file is empty for the selected filter option, an error message appears in the log text area. Click Save to save the filter settings, which persist upon reader reboot. Administrator Console 4 - 43 Log area - Select a radio button for one of the two types of log information offered:
System Log - Includes the log information generated by the reader internal instructions. This stores up to 1 MB of log information, and overwrites the oldest logs first. The log information is saved and restored on proper system reboot (via the Administrator Console). Access History - Provides a history log for reader access, including every successful access to the reader through the Administrator Console. Select the Refresh Log to refresh the information in the log, or Purge Logs to clear the information. To copy the log file to a specific location on the host select an option from the Export drop-down. Enter the location in the File Path field, then select the Export File button. Configure System Log This window configures system log settings. If the system log host is not set (or is not valid), log messages are not sent. Figure 4-34 Configure System Log Window This window offers the following options:
Remote Log Server IP - Configures the host IP address to which log messages are sent. IP address 0.0.0.0 indicates that no host is configured. Remote Log Server Port - Remote log server listening port. The default port is 514. System Log Minimum Severity - The minimum severity above which data is stored in the log file. This option does not impact remote logging or the logs already stored in the log file. You must select Commit to activate these settings. 4 - 44 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Reader Diagnostics Select Diagnostics to view the Reader Diagnostics window, which allows running diagnostics and viewing the diagnostics report. Figure 4-35 Reader Diagnostics Window Selecting Start Diagnostics clears the system log and displays the diagnostics report. The reader reboots when the diagnostics completes. Return to the Diagnostics window to view the diagnostics report. To export the diagnostics report to a file, on the System Log window, select Process Selection only in Apply Filter, de-select all other processes, and in the Other Process text box enter:
rmserver.elf: N-D,llrpserver.elf: N-D Administrator Console 4 - 45 Shutdown To protect the integrity of the reader data, gracefully reboot the reader via the Administrator Console when necessary. Figure 4-36 System Shutdown/Restart Window To shut down or restart the reader:
1. Click the Shutdown link to display the System Shutdown/Restart window. 2. Check the Please Confirm check box to accept the system shut down and/or restart the system (this may interrupt normal system operation). 3. Select one of the following options from the What do you want to do drop-down list:
Restart Reader - saves the user data and then restarts. Shut down Reader server - the reader saves the user data, stops all reader functions, and waits to be powered off. 4. Click Go. This window also provides an option to enable or disable the reader watchdog. 4 - 46 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING Table 5-1 provides FX7500 troubleshooting information. Table 5-1 Troubleshooting Problem/Error Possible Causes Possible Solutions Reader error LED lights after the reader is in operation. The CPU cannot communicate. Reader error LED stays lit on power up. An error occurred during the power up sequence. Cannot connect to the reader. User name and password is unknown. Reader is not reading tags. The tag is out of its read range. Antennas are not connected. Tags are damaged. Tags are not EPCgen2. If reading with the readers web page, Java JRE 1.6 or later is not installed. Refer to the system log for error messages. Refer to the system log for error messages. The default user name is admin and the default password is change. To change the user name and password, see Communications Connections on page 3-5. Move the tag into read range. See Read Tags on page 4-21. Connect antennas. Confirm that tags are good. Confirm that tags are EPCgen2. Install Java JRE 1.6. Cannot access the Administrator Console. The IP address is unknown. See Communications Connections on page 3-5 to view the IP address, or use the host name to connect to the reader. 5 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table 5-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem/Error Possible Causes Possible Solutions Certain real time applications are no longer functional. The node address, IP address, or other reader configuration parameter(s) were changed using the Administrator Console, and the application expects the previous configuration. The user closed the browser without logging out of the Administrator Console, so other applications cannot connect to the reader. Cannot log into Administrator Console. The user forgot the password. Update the settings within the application. Refer to the application manual. Log out of the Administrator Console. The applications can use the Force Login option to log in even when the user closes the browser without logging out. Force Login option is supported for the administrative user. Press and hold the reset button for more than 8 seconds. This resets the reader configuration to factory defaults, including the password. This also removes the contents of the apps partition. Ensure the SNTP server is accessible. Ensure the DNS server name is configured in TCP/IP configuration. Ensure the DNS server is accessible. Unable to add SNTP server, reader returning error. Operation failed. Invalid User Name and/or Password - Try again. Session has Timed-out - Log in again. User name is not correct. SNTP server is not reachable. SNTP server name is not resolvable via DNS server. DNS server is not reachable. A user operation did not complete, typically due to invalid input. Validate all inputs and retry the operation. If it is not successful, see Service Information on page xi. The user name and/or password were not found in the system, or do not match the current user registry. The current session was inactive beyond the time-out period (15 minutes), so the system automatically logged out. The user name does not match the current user registry (illegal characters, too long, too short, unknown, or duplicate.) User forgot the user ID. Accurately retype login information. If this is not successful, see Service Information on page xi. Log in again. As a security precaution to protect against unauthorized system access, always log out of the system when finished. Accurately retype the user name. See Service Information on page xi. Troubleshooting 5 - 3 Table 5-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem/Error Possible Causes Possible Solutions Not a legal IP address
(1.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255). Cannot reach the specified IP address. The SNMP Host Link is not valid. Invalid network mask. Invalid SNMP version number. Invalid description. Invalid password. Name has already been used. Serial number has already been used. IP address has already been used. Select an item from the list. The IP address entered is either formatted inaccurately or cannot be accessed
(pinged). Accurately retype the IP address, and make sure the host device is connected and online. If this is not successful, see Service Information on page xi. The network mask entered is not formatted correctly. Confirm the correct network mask from the network administrator and enter it correctly. The version number for SNMP protocol is not a supported version. The description contained invalid characters (<,>,or'). The password does not match the current user registry (illegal characters, too long, or too short.) User forgot the password. The name, serial number, or IP address entered already exists in the system. Use version number 1 for SNMP version 1, and 2 for SNMP version 2c. Correct the description. Accurately retype the password. See Service Information on page xi. Enter a unique value for the new name, serial number, or IP address. The system requires selecting an item from the list box before continuing. Select an item from the list box, and then continue. Last command is pending. Try again later. The system did not finish processing the previous command. Wait a few moments for the previous command to complete before sending another command. Another administrator is currently logged in. Try again later. Backup configuration file does not exist. Failed to confirm the new password. Network configuration change(s) have not been saved. The system does not allow more than one administrator to log in at a time. The system cannot revert to a backup configuration unless a backup file exists. The system requires entering the password identically two times. The user requested log out prior to committing/
discarding the changes made during the session. Wait until the other administrator logs out
(or times out) before logging in. Commit the new configuration to create a backup file. Accurately retype the password twice. Select one of the Commit/Discard options. 5 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table 5-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem/Error Possible Causes Possible Solutions New password is the same as the old one. Old password is not correct. Unspecified error occurred -
code: ####
The requested page was not found. Internal Web Server Error. Request method was NULL. No query string was provided. Content length is unknown. Couldn't read complete post message. Unhandled reply type. Failed to open port. Failed to connect. Failed to transmit. Failed to receive. Error during Receive of Command. Invalid Device Address. The system requires entering a new password
(different from the existing password) during the Change Password operation. The system requires entering the existing password during the Change Password operation. Enter a password that is different from the existing password. Accurately retype the existing password. A specific error message is missing for the given status code. Note the code number, and contact Motorola Solutions support. See Service Information on page xi. The system experienced an internal web server error. Contact Motorola Solutions support. See Service Information on page xi The system does not permit executing a proxy program from the command line rather than the web server. The system cannot accept an incorrectly formatted HTTP POST request (from an unsupported browser application). The system stopped a POST operation before completion. No action required. The system is reporting that this action is not permitted. Use a GET request instead, or update the software. Retry the operation, and allow it to complete. The system generated an unexpected value. Contact Motorola Solutions support. See Service Information on page xi. Error during receive of command. Contact Motorola Solutions support. See Service Information on page xi. The device address information (parent) is invalid, missing, or formatted inaccurately. Contact Motorola Solutions support. See Service Information on page xi. Table 5-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem/Error Possible Causes Possible Solutions Troubleshooting 5 - 5 Command parsing state error. Missing argument for the command. Command internal type cast error. Missing operator. Unknown operator. The action must be confirmed. Invalid network adapter when navigating to the Bluetooth configuration page. Wireless scan error. OS update in progress. A command was formatted inaccurately. Contact Motorola Solutions support. See Service Information on page xi. The user must confirm the requested action before it is executed. Select the confirmation option when issuing this request. The Bluetooth dongle is not plugged in or not supported. Plug in a supported Bluetooth dongle and refresh the browser. Wireless dongle is not plugged in or not supported. Plug in a supported wireless dongle and repeat the wireless scan. Firmware update on the reader is ongoing. The current operation is not permitted. Wait for the firmware update to complete and then retry the operation. Cannot change password. Cannot change password for guest. Guest does not need a password to log in to the Administrator Console. NOTE If problems still occur, contact the distributor or call the local contact. See page xi for contact information. 5 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide APPENDIX A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FX7500 Kits KT-FX75004US-01 4-Port US Reader Kit FX7500-42310A30-US (4-port US reader) AN480-CL66100WR (wide-band AN-480 antenna) BRKT-70661-01R (antenna mounting bracket) CBLRD-1B4001800R (15-foot RF cable) 50-14000-159R (power supply) 23844-00-00R (US power cord) KT-FX75002US-01 2-Port US Reader Kit FX7500-22310A30-US (2-port US reader) AN480-CL66100WR (wide-band AN-480 antenna) BRKT-70661-01R (antenna mounting bracket) CBLRD-1B4001800R (15-foot RF cable) 50-14000-159R (power supply) 23844-00-00R (US power cord) KT-FX75004WR-01 4-Port Global Reader Kit FX7500-42315A30-US (4-port global reader) AN480-CL66100WR (wide-band AN-480 antenna) BRKT-70661-01R (antenna mounting bracket) CBLRD-1B4001800R (15-foot RF cable) 50-14000-159R (power supply) A - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide KT-FX75002WR-01 2-Port Global Reader Kit FX7500-22315A30-US (2-port global reader) AN480-CL66100WR (wide-band AN-480 antenna) BRKT-70661-01R (antenna mounting bracket) CBLRD-1B4001800R (15-foot RF cable) 50-14000-159R (power supply) Technical Specifications The following tables summarize the RFID reader intended operating environment and technical hardware specifications. Table A-1 Technical Specifications Item FX Physical and Environmental Characteristics Dimensions Weight Base Material Visual Status Indicators Mounting FX Environmental Specifications Operational Temperature Storage Temperature Humidity Shock and Vibration Connectivity Communications General Purpose I/O Power Antenna Ports 7.7 in. L x 5.9 in. W x 1.7 in. D
(19.56 cm L x 14.99 cm W x 4.32 cm D) 1.9 lbs 0.1 lbs (0.86 kg +/- 0.05 kg) Die cast aluminum, sheet metal and plastic Multi-color LEDs: Power, Activity, Status, and Applications Keyhole and standard VESA (75 mm x 75 mm)
-4 to +131 F / -20 to +55 C
-40 to +158 F / -40 to +70 C 5 to 95% non-condensing MIL-STD-810G 10/100 BaseT Ethernet (RJ45) w/ POE support USB Client (Type B), USB Host (Type A) 2 inputs, 3 outputs, optically isolated (terminal block) External 12V ~ 48 VDC power available for GPIO POE or POE+
12 VDC to 48 VDC, or 24 VDC Universal Power Supply FX 7500-2: 2 mono-static ports (reverse polarity TNC) FX 7500-4: 4 mono-static ports (reverse polarity TNC) Table A-1 Technical Specifications (Continued) Item FX Technical Specifications A - 3 Hardware/OS and Firmware Management Memory Operating System Firmware Upgrade Management Protocols Network Services Network Stack Security Air Protocols Frequency (UHF Band) Flash 512 MB; DRAM 256 MB Linux Web-based and remote firmware upgrade capabilities RM 1.0.1 (with XML over HTTP/HTTPS and SNMP binding) DHCP, HTTPS, FTPS, SFPT, SCP, SSH, HTTP, FTP, SNMP and NTP IPv4, IPv6 Transport Layer Security Ver. 1.2, FIPS 140-2 Level 1 EPCglobal UHF Class 1 Gen2, ISO 18000-6C Global Reader: 902 MHz to 928 MHz (Maximum, supports countries that use a part of this band) 865 MHz to 868 MHz US (only) Reader: 902 MHz to 928 MHz 10 dBm to +31.5 dBm (POE+, 12V ~ 48V External DC, Universal 24 VDC Power Supply;
+10 dBm to +30.0 dBm (POE)
-82 dBm Static and Dynamic LLRP v1.0.1 Host Applications .NET, C and Java EMDK;
Embedded Applications C & Java SDK Transmit Power Output Max. Receive Sensitivity IP addressing Host Interface Protocol API Support Warranty The FX7500-4 and FX7500-2 are warranted against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one year (12 months) from date of shipment, provided the product remains unmodified and is operated under normal and proper conditions. For the complete Motorola hardware product warranty statement, go to:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/warranty Recommended Services Support Services Advanced Services Service from the Start Advance Exchange On-Site System Support Support RFID Design and Deployment Services A - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Cable Pinouts 10/100bT Ethernet / POE Connector The 10/100BT Ethernet / POE connector is an RJ45 receptacle. This port complies with the IEE 802.3af specification for Powered Devices. Figure A-1 Ethernet Connections Table A-2 10/100bT Ethernet / POE Connector Pinout Pin Pin Name Direction Description POE Mode A Function POE Mode B Function Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 TX-P TX-N RX-P NC NC RX_N NC NC O O I
-
-
I
-
-
TX Data Positive TX Data Negative RX Data Positive No Connect No Connect RX Data Negative No Connect No Connect Positive Vport Positive Vport Negative Vport Negative Vport Positive Vport Positive Vport Negative Vport Negative Vport Technical Specifications A - 5 USB Client Connector The USB Client port is supplied on a USB Type B connector. Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 1 Pin 4 Figure A-2 USB Client Connector Table A-3 USB Client Port Connector Pinout Direction Pin Name Pin Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 5.0V_USB USB_DN USB_DP GND I I/O I/O
-
Description 5.0V USB Power Rail Data Negative Data Positive Ground USB Host Connector The USB Host port is supplied on a USB Type A flag connector. Pin 4 Pin 1 Figure A-3 USB Host Connector (J22) Table A-4 USB Host Port Connector (J22) Pinout Pin Pin Name Direction Description Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 V_USB USBH_DN USBH_DP GND I I/O I/O
-
5.0V USB Power Rail Data Negative Rail Data Positive Rail Ground A - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide GPIO Port Connections These plug terminal block types allow connecting and disconnecting individual wires independently. A single connector is used for both inputs and outputs. See Table A-5 for pin descriptions. Pin 1 Pin 8 Figure A-4 FX7500 RFID Reader GPIO Connection Table A-5 GPIO Pin Outs Pin Name
+24V DC Power GP output #1 GP output #2 GP output #3 GND GP input #1 GP input #2 GND Pin #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 O O O O
-
I I
-
Direction Description Supplies +24V DC at up to 1 Amp Signal for GP output #1 Signal for GP output #2 Signal for GP output #3 Ground connection Signal for GP input #1 Signal for GP input #2 Ground connection APPENDIX B LLRP AND RM API EXTENSIONS For information on Low Level Reader Protocol (LLRP) and Reader Management (RM) extensions for the FX7500 reader, refer to the FX Series Reader Software Interface Control Guide. B - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide
1 2 3 4 | Installer Guide part 3 | Users Manual | 4.80 MiB | December 11 2013 |
APPENDIX C FTP FIRMWARE UPGRADE Introduction This appendix provides reader firmware update information on using the web-based Administrator Console. The following methods are available to update the firmware on the FX7500 reader. Update using a USB drive. File-based update that allows uploading the firmware files from the PC (or a network location) to the reader and running the update. FTP / FTPS / SCP server-based update. Use this procedure to update the following software components:
uboot OS Reader Server Application (includes Radio API and Radio firmware) Prerequisites The following items are required to perform the update:
Reader with power supply or POE connection Laptop (or other host computer) An Ethernet cable An FTP server Current firmware file examples:
OSUpdate.elf response.txt u-boot_X.X.X.X.bin (uBoot, X.X.X.X is a filename version) uImage_ X.X.X.X (OS, X.X.X.X is a filename variable) C - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide rootfs_ X.X.X.X.jffs2 (Root FileSystem, X.X.X.X is a filename variable) platform_ X.X.X.X.tar.gz (Platform partition, X.X.X.X is a filename variable) Refer to the release notes to determine which files were updated; not all of the files are updated in every release. Failsafe Update FX7500 provides true failsafe firmware update. Each partition (such as OS and platform) has an active and backup partition. The firmware update process always writes the new images to the backup partition. This ensures that any power or network outages in the middle of firmware update does not prevent the reader from being operational. In the case of a firmware update failure, the power LED on the reader lights red. Update Phases The firmware update takes place in three phases:
Phase 1 - The reader application retrieves the response.txt and OSUpdate.elf files from the ftp server. Phase 2 - The reader application shuts down and the OSUpdate starts. The files referenced in the response.txt file are retrieved from the FTP server and written to flash. Phase 3 - The reader resets after all partitions update successfully. It may also update the RFID firmware if it detects a different version in the platform partition. A typical entry in the Response.txt is:
;platform partition
-t5 -fplatform_1.1.15.0.tar.gz -s8004561 -u8130879 NOTE The Application Server, Radio API, and Radio firmware code all reside in the Platform partition. The -t parameter is the file type, -f is the name of the file, and -s the size. Ensure the file size is correct.
";" comments out the rest of the line. FTP Firmware Upgrade C - 3 Updating FX7500 Reader Software Verifying Firmware Version To verify that the FX7500 reader firmware is outdated:
1. Log into the reader. In the User Login window, enter admin in the User Name: field and enter change in the Password: field. Figure C-1 User Login Window 2. Select Firmware on the left side panel to verify that the current version of reader software is outdated, e.g., 1.1.43. Version number Firmware option Figure C-2 Firmware Version Window C - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Updating Methods Download the reader update files from http://www.motorolasolutions.com/support, then use one of three methods to update the reader software to a later version, e.g., 1.1.45.0 or higher:
Update Using a USB Drive (Recommended) File-Based Update on page C-6 FTP-Based Update on page C-8 Update Using a USB Drive (Recommended) 1. Copy all reader update files into the root folder of the USB drive. Figure C-3 USB Drive Root Folder 2. Insert the USB drive into the USB host port of the FX7500 RFID reader. Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VD New Pic with USB Host Port to Come Figure C-4 USB Host Port Window The reader starts the update process in 5-7 seconds, and indicates progress as follows:
The reader continuously blinks the Power LED red. The reader blinks all 4 LEDs orange once. The reader Power LED remains steady orange. The reader Power LED settles to a steady green to indicate that the update is complete. FTP Firmware Upgrade C - 5 Power LED New Pic with LED Labels to Come Figure C-5 Reader LEDs C - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide File-Based Update 1. Copy all reader update files into any folder on a host computer. Figure C-6 Host Computer Folder 2. Log into the reader and navigate to the Firmware Update page. Figure C-7 Firmware Update Window 3. Select File based Upload. 4. Click on Browse and navigate to the folder that contains the firmware update files. FTP Firmware Upgrade C - 7 Figure C-8 Browsing Update Files 5. Select response.txt and click Open. 6. Click Start Update. The reader starts the update process and displays the update status as follows:
The reader continuously blinks the Power LED red. The reader blinks all 4 LEDs orange once. The reader Power LED remains steady orange. The reader Power LED settles to a steady green to indicate that the update is complete. Power LED New Pic with LED Labels to Come Figure C-9 Reader LEDs When the update completes, the reader reboots and returns to the FX7500 login screen. C - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide FTP-Based Update Copy all the update files into an appropriate FTP location. 1. Log into the reader and navigate to the Firmware Update page. Figure C-10 Firmware Update Window 2. Select FTP/FTPS Server. 3. Enter the FTP location where the files are located. 4. Enter the User Name and Password for the FTP server login. 5. Click Start Update. The reader starts the update process and displays the update status as follows:
The reader continuously blinks the Power LED red. The reader blinks all 4 LEDs orange once. The reader Power LED remains steady orange. The reader Power LED settles to a steady green to indicate that the update is complete. Power LED New Pic with LED Labels to Come Figure C-11 Reader LEDs When the update completes, the reader reboots and returns to the FX7500 login screen. FTP Firmware Upgrade C - 9 Verifying Firmware Version To verify reader update success:
1. Log into the reader. In the User Login window, enter admin in the User Name: field and enter change in the Password: field. Figure C-12 User Login Window 2. Select Firmware on the left side panel to verify that the current version of reader software is the new version number, e.g., 1.1.45, which indicates that the update was successful. New version number Figure C-13 Firmware Version Window C - 10 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide APPENDIX D STATIC IP CONFIGURATION Introduction This appendix describes three methods of setting the static IP address on an FX7500 RFID Reader. Reader IP Address or Host Name is Known - Set the Static IP Using the Web Console 1. Browse the device using the host name, e.g., FX7500CD3B1E. 2. Log onto the device. Figure D-1 Reader Administration Console Login Window 3. Click Communication. D - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 4. Set Obtain IP Address via DHCP to Off and enter all required information. Figure D-2 Reader Communication Parameters Window 5. Click Set Properties. You can set a static IP that doesn't belong to this DHCP network. 6. Click Commit/Discard, then click the Commit button. Figure D-3 Commit/Discard Window 7. The message Reader IP Address config has changed. Needs reader reboot to take effect appears. Reset the device and use the reader with the static IP network. Static IP Configuration D - 3 Reader IP is Not Known (DHCP Network Not Available) - Set the Static IP Using the Web Console 1. Connect the device and a PC running Windows XP to the same network that doesn't have a DHCP server, or connect the device directly to the PC. 2. Ensure both the device and PC Ethernet jack use at least one LED to indicate network connection detect. 3. If the PC uses an assigned static IP, update it to use DHCP. The PC obtains an IP that starts with 169. Figure D-4 Obtain IP Address 4. When possible, ping the host name of the device. Figure D-5 Ping the Host Name 5. Use a browser to connect to the device with the host name, e.g., FX7500CD3B1E, or use the IP address obtained from ping replies (e.g. 169.254.62.74). 6. Log onto the device. 7. Click Communication. D - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 8. Set Obtain IP Address via DHCP to Off and enter all required information. Figure D-6 Reader Communication Parameters Window 9. Click Set Properties. 10. Click Commit/Discard, then click the Commit button. Figure D-7 Commit/Discard Window 11. The message Reader IP Address config has changed. Needs reader reboot to take effect appears. Reset the device and use the reader with the static IP network. APPENDIX E RF AIR LINK CONFIGURATION Introduction This appendix lists the different air link configurations supported. The air link configuration is available through LLRP and RFID3 API interfaces. Radio Modes The supported modes are exposed as a list of individual UHFC1G2RfModeTableEntry parameters in regulatory capabilities as shown in Table E-1 and Table E-2. The Mode Index column refers to the index used to walk the C1G2UHFRFModeTable. Refer to the EPCglobal Low Level Reader Protocol (LLRP) Standard. Table E-1 Radio Modes for FCC Readers RF Mode Index Divide Ratio BDR Value M Value M2=2, FM0=1, M4=4, M8=8 FLM Value PIE Value Min Tari Max Tari Step Tari Spectral Mask Indicator EPC HAG T&C Conform-
ance 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 640000 640000 120000 120000 120000 120000 128000 128000 128000 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 6250 6250 6250 6250 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 0 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single false false false false false false false false false
*RF Mode 13 is the default air link profile.
**RF Mode 23 is the automac air link profile. E - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table E-1 Radio Modes for FCC Readers (Continued) RF Mode Index Divide Ratio BDR Value M Value M2=2, FM0=1, M4=4, M8=8 FLM Value PIE Value Min Tari Max Tari Step Tari Spectral Mask Indicator EPC HAG T&C Conform-
ance 10 11 12
*13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
**23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 128000 160000 160000 60000 60000 60000 60000 64000 64000 64000 64000 80000 80000 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 PR_ASK 1500 12500 18800 PR_ASK 2000 12500 18800 2100 2100 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 PR_ASK 1500 12500 18800 PR_ASK 2000 12500 18800 2100 2100 2100 Single Single Single Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense variable variable PR_ASK variable 6250 25000 variable variable 320000 320000 30000 30000 30000 30000 32000 32000 32000 32000 40000 40000 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 PR_ASK 1500 12500 18800 PR_ASK 2000 12500 18800 2100 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 PR_ASK 1500 12500 18800 PR_ASK 2000 12500 18800 2100 2100 2100 Single Single Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false
*RF Mode 13 is the default air link profile.
**RF Mode 23 is the automac air link profile. RF Air Link Configuration E - 3 Table E-2 Radio Modes for ETSI Readers RF Mode Index Divide Ratio BDR Value M Value M2=2, FM0=1, M4=4, M8=8 FLM Value PIE Value Min Tari Max Tari Step Tari Spectral Mask Indicator EPC HAG T&C Conform-
ance 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
*11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
**21 22 23 24 25 26 27 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 120000 120000 120000 120000 128000 128000 128000 128000 160000 160000 60000 60000 60000 60000 64000 64000 64000 64000 80000 80000 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 PR_ASK 1500 12500 18800 PR_ASK 2000 12500 18800 2100 2100 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 PR_ASK 1500 12500 18800 PR_ASK 2000 12500 18800 2100 2100 2100 Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense variable variable PR_ASK variable 12500 25000 variable variable 320000 320000 30000 30000 30000 30000 1 1 8 8 8 8 PR_ASK 1500 12500 18800 PR_ASK 2000 12500 18800 2100 2100 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 2100 Single Single Dense Dense Dense Dense false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false
*RF Mode 11 is the default air link profile.
**RF Mode 21 is the automac air link profile. E - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table E-2 Radio Modes for ETSI Readers (Continued) RF Mode Index Divide Ratio BDR Value M Value M2=2, FM0=1, M4=4, M8=8 FLM Value PIE Value Min Tari Max Tari Step Tari Spectral Mask Indicator EPC HAG T&C Conform-
ance 28 29 30 31 32 33 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 32000 32000 32000 32000 40000 40000 8 8 8 8 8 8 PR_ASK 1500 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 1500 12500 23000 2100 PR_ASK 2000 25000 25000 0 PR_ASK 2000 12500 23000 PR_ASK 1500 12500 18800 PR_ASK 2000 12500 18800 2100 2100 2100 Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense false false false false false false
*RF Mode 11 is the default air link profile.
**RF Mode 21 is the automac air link profile. APPENDIX F CONNECTING WI-FI AND BLUETOOTH DONGLES Introduction This appendix describes how to connect to a wireless network using a USB Wi-Fi dongle on the FX7500, and how to connect to a peer device over Bluetooth using a USB Bluetooth dongle. Connecting to a Wireless Network Using a Wi-Fi Dongle To connect to a wireless network using a USB Wi-Fi dongle on the FX7500:
1. Plug the supported wireless dongle into the USB host port on the FX7500. Supported dongles are:
Wi-Fi over USB adapters with Realtek chipset RTL 8187 The following devices were tested:
Alfa AWUS036H, visit http://www.alfa.com.tw/in/front/bin/ptlist.phtml?Category=10541 CCrane Versa Wifi USB Adapter II, visit http://www.ccrane.com/antennas/wifi-antennas/versa-wifi-usb-adapter-II.aspx Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Figure F-1 USB Host Port Location for Dongle USB Host Port F - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 2. To confirm that the Wi-Fi dongle is detected properly, log in to the reader Administrator Console. On the Home page ensure the USB Port Status displays Device Connected. Hover the mouse pointer over this link to display the WiFi dongle information shown in Figure F-2. Figure F-2 Wi-Fi Dongle Connected 3. Select Communication > Wireless. Figure F-3 Wireless Settings The WiFi dongle can connect to the wireless network in one of two ways:
Manually entering the ESSID (if known). Scanning the current list of APs and choosing the correct one to connect to. Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles F - 3 4. Once the APs are scanned, enter the appropriate passkey and enable Connect Automatically (if required to connect to the AP automatically if the connection is lost). Figure F-4 Entering Connect Information 5. Select Connect. When the connection to the AP succeeds, an IP is assigned and appears in the IP Address field. Figure F-5 Assigned IP Address The reader is now accessible using the wireless IP shown in the IP Address field (157.235.207.24 in this case). The WiFi interface supports dynamic addressing mechanisms for both IPV4 and IPv6. There is no provision to set a static IP address. For wireless IP address details, select Communication > Wi-Fi tab. F - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Figure F-6 Wi-Fi Tab - IPV4 The reader can also be accessed via Wi-Fi using an IPV6 address if supported by the network to which the API is connected. Figure F-7 Wi-Fi Tab - IPV6 Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles F - 5 Connecting to a Peer Device over Bluetooth Using a Bluetooth Dongle To connect to a peer device over Bluetooth using a USB Bluetooth dongle on the FX7500:
1. Plug the supported Bluetooth dongle into the USB host port on the FX7500. The following Bluetooth dongles are supported on the FX7500:
Asus Mini Bluetooth Dongle USB-BT211. MediaLink Bluetooth Dongle MUA-BA3. Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Figure F-8 USB Host Port Location for Dongle USB Host Port 2. To confirm that the Bluetooth dongle is detected properly, log in to the reader Administrator Console. On the Home page ensure the USB Port Status displays Device Connected. Hover the mouse pointer over this link to display the Bluetooth dongle information. Figure F-9 Bluetooth Dongle Connected 3. Select Communication > Bluetooth. F - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 4. Change the Discoverable and Pairable properties to On. Figure F-10 Changing Discoverable and Pairable Properties 5. Optionally select Use Passkey and enter a passkey to validate the Bluetooth connection. The default passkey for the FX7500 is 0000. 6. Discover the reader from a Bluetooth-enabled device (such as a laptop). Use the host name to identify the reader among the discovered devices (e.g., FX7500060C17). 7. After a successful connection, right-click the reader icon (e.g., FX7500060C17) in the list of Bluetooth devices and select Connect using > Ad hoc network. This establishes the network connection for later. Figure F-11 Connecting to the Reader Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles F - 7 8. The IP address assigned to the Bluetooth interface is 192.168.XX.XX. The last 2 octets are the last 2 octets of the Bluetooth MAC address (found in the Properties window on the PC once the Bluetooth connection is established). Also find this in the Communication > Bluetooth page. Both IPV4 and IPV6 based IP address are supported for adhoc Bluetooth connection between the reader and the client. Figure F-12 Communication Bluetooth Tab 9. Open the web page or sample application to connect to the Bluetooth IP (192.168.67.21 in Figure F-12) and read tags. F - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide INDEX Numerics 10/100BaseT Ethernet . 1-2, 2-5 2-port reader . 2-4 4-port reader . 2-4 B backup . 2-7 bluetooth . F-5 connecting . F-5 A administrator console . 4-1 applications . 4-36 committing changes . 4-41 communication settings . 4-23 configure network services . 4-30 configure network settings . 4-23, 4-25, 4-26 configuring system log . 4-43 discarding changes . 4-41 firmware version . 4-39, 4-40 GPIO . 4-35 IPV6 sec . 4-32 login . 4-6 main screen . 4-9 managing login . 4-34 reader diagnostics . 4-44 reader profiles . 4-37 scan control . 1-6, 4-21 set password . 4-33 setting date and time . 4-31 shutting down . 4-45 status . 4-10 system log . 4-42 air link . E-1 antennas . 2-2 configuring . 4-18 installing . 3-4 ports . 1-2, 2-5 applications . 4-36 C cable pinouts . A-4 ethernet . A-4 GPIO . A-6 USB . A-5 USB client . A-5 USB host . A-5 chapter descriptions . x client applications . 2-7 commit region change . 1-5 committing changes . 4-41 communication . 2-5 ethernet, wired . 3-5 communication settings . 4-23 configurations . ix configure administrator console . 2-7 antenna . 4-18 LLRP . 4-27 read points . 4-17, 4-19 reader . 4-16 region . 4-20 SNMP . 4-28 static IP . D-1 static IP via web console . D-1, D-3 wireless . 4-29 configuring network bluetooth . 4-26 ethernet . 4-23 services . 4-30 Index - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide wi-fi . 4-25 connecting to reader . 4-3 via bluetooth . F-5 via host name . 4-3 via IP address . 4-4 via wi-fi . F-1 connection . 2-7 antennas . 3-4 communication . 3-5 port diagram . 2-5 ports . 2-4 powering . 3-10 wired ethernet . 3-5 conventions notational . x country list . 1-5, 4-7 D date . 4-31 deployments . 4-2 discarding changes . 4-41 E ethernet Bias-T port connection . 3-6 pinouts . A-4 POE . 3-5 port . 2-5 setup . 3-5 wired . 3-5 event management, tags . 2-7 event statistics . 4-14 F filtering, tags . 2-7 firmware updating . 2-7 version . 4-39, 4-40 firmware update . 4-39, 4-40, C-1, C-3 prerequisites . C-1 first time login . 1-3, 4-6 G GPIO . 1-2, 2-5 pinouts . A-6 port . 2-5 GPIO control . 4-35 H host communication ethernet, wired . 3-5 host name connect . 1-2 I information, service . xi initiating reads . 1-6, 4-21 installation antennas . 3-4 communication connection . 3-5 mounting . 3-2 powering . 3-10 IP address . 4-5 IP ping . 4-5 K kill tag . 2-7 kits . 2-4, A-1 L LEDs . 2-6 LLRP . 2-7 configure . 4-27 extensions . B-1 radio modes . E-1, E-3 lock tag . 2-7 log . 4-42 configuring . 4-43 logging . 2-7 login . 4-6 first time . 4-6 managing . 4-34 M mono-static . 2-4 mounting . 3-2 mounting plate . 3-2 multiple reader deployments . 4-2 N NXP statistics . 4-13, 4-15 O obtain reader IP address . 4-5 P Password . 1-3, C-3, C-9 password . 1-3, 4-6, C-3, C-9 changing . 4-33 pinouts . A-4 ethernet . A-4 GPIO . A-6 USB . A-5 USB client . A-5 USB host . A-5 POE . 1-2, 2-5, 3-5, 3-10, A-4 ports . 2-4 descriptions . 2-5 ethernet . 3-5 power . 1-2, 2-5 AC power supply . 3-10 applying . 3-10 options . 3-10 POE . 3-5, 3-10 port . 2-5 profiles . 4-37 R read points . 4-17, 4-19 reader configuration . 4-16 configurations . ix connecting . 4-3 description . 2-2 GEN2 statistics . 4-12 kits . 2-4, A-1 profiles . 4-37 statistics . 4-11 event . 4-14 NXP . 4-13, 4-15 status . 4-10 versions . 2-4 reading tags . 2-7, 3-12 initiating . 1-6, 4-21 rear panel . 1-2, 2-5 reboot . 4-2 recovery . 2-7 region . 4-7 region configuration . 4-20 region control . 4-7 region setting . 1-4 region settings . 1-4 reset . 1-2, 2-5 RFID FX reader . 2-3 overview . 2-1 RFID components . 2-2 Index - 3 antennas . 2-2 readers . 2-2 tags . 2-2 RJ45 . 2-5 RM extensions . B-1 S service information . xi set region . 1-4, 4-7 setting date . 4-31 setting time . 4-31 setup POE . 3-10 power supply . 3-10 wired ethernet . 3-5 wired ethernet AC outlet . 3-5 wired ethernet, power-over . 3-5 shutdown . 4-45 SNMP . 2-7 configure . 4-28 software update . C-3 specifications . A-2 start-up . 1-3 static IP configuration . D-1 via web console . D-1, D-3 Statistics . 4-14 statistics . 4-11 event . 4-14 GEN2 . 4-12 NXP . 4-13, 4-15 status . 4-10 system log . 4-42 configuring . 4-43 system time . 4-31 T tags . 2-2 management . 2-7 reading . 3-12, 4-21 technical specifications . A-2 time . 4-31 troubleshooting . 5-1 U unpacking . 3-1 updating firmware . 2-7, 4-39, 4-40, C-1, C-3 prerequisites . C-1 updating software . C-3 USB . 1-2, 2-5 client pinouts . A-5 Index - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide host pinouts . A-5 pinouts . A-5 user ID . 4-6 user name . 1-3, C-3, C-9 user password . 4-6 V version control . 4-39, 4-40 W wi-fi . F-1 connecting . F-1 wired ethernet . 3-5 wireless configure . 4-29 write tag . 2-7 Z zero-configuration networking . 4-5 Motorola Solutions, Inc. One Motorola Plaza Holtsville, New York 11742, USA 1-800-927-9626 http://www.motorolasolutions.com MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2013 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All Rights Reserved. MN000026A01 Revision .5 - November 2013
1 2 3 4 | Integrator Guide | Users Manual | 5.45 MiB | July 07 2016 / April 01 2017 |
FX7500 RFID READER INTEGRATOR GUIDE Draft 2 Draft 2 FX7500 RFID READER INTEGRATOR GUIDE MN000026A04 Revision A July 2016 Draft 2 ii FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form, or by any electrical or mechanical means, without permission in writing from Zebra. This includes electronic or mechanical means, such as photocopying, recording, or information storage and retrieval systems. The material in this manual is subject to change without notice. The software is provided strictly on an as is basis. All software, including firmware, furnished to the user is on a licensed basis. Zebra grants to the user a non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use each software or firmware program delivered hereunder (licensed program). Except as noted below, such license may not be assigned, sublicensed, or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Zebra. No right to copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted, except as permitted under copyright law. The user shall not modify, merge, or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material, create a derivative work from a licensed program, or use a licensed program in a network without written permission from Zebra. The user agrees to maintain Zebras copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered hereunder, and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes, in whole or in part. The user agrees not to decompile, disassemble, decode, or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any portion thereof. Zebra reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability, function, or design. Zebra does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any product, circuit, or application described herein. No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any Zebra Technologies Corporation, intellectual property rights. An implied license only exists for equipment, circuits, and subsystems contained in Zebra products. Zebra and the Zebra head graphic are registered trademarks of ZIH Corp. The Symbol logo is a registered trademark of Symbol Technologies, Inc., a Zebra Technologies company. Zebra Technologies Corporation Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A. http://www.zebra.com Warranty For the complete Zebra hardware product warranty statement, go to:
http://www.zebra.com/warranty. Draft 2 iii Revision History Changes to the original manual are listed below:
Change Date
-01 Rev A
-02 Rev
-03 Rev
-04 Rev 1/2014 2/2015 4/2016 7/2016 Description Initial release Zebra Re-Branding Updates for SNAP; updated screen shots. Updates:
- Changed the installing antenna separation distance to 13.4 in (34 cm).
- Changed max antenna gain exceed to + 6.6dBiL.
- Changed Max Conducted RF Power at Antenna Input for US in table 3-1.
- Changed Max Antenna Gain Allowed for US in table 3-1. Draft 2 iv FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Warranty ......................................................................................................................................... ii Revision History.............................................................................................................................. iii About This Guide Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... ix Configurations........................................................................................................................... ix Chapter Descriptions ...................................................................................................................... x Notational Conventions................................................................................................................... xi Related Documents and Software .................................................................................................. xi Service Information......................................................................................................................... xii Chapter 1: Quick Start Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Quick Start Demonstration.............................................................................................................. 1-1 Step 1, Setup ........................................................................................................................... 1-1 Step 2, Connecting to the Reader ............................................................................................ 1-2 Step 3, First Time / Start-Up Login .......................................................................................... 1-3 Step 4, Set Region ................................................................................................................... 1-4 Step 5, Read Tags ................................................................................................................... 1-6 Chapter 2: Getting Started Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 2-1 RFID Technology Overview............................................................................................................ 2-1 RFID Components ................................................................................................................... 2-2 FX7500 RFID Readers .................................................................................................................. 2-3 Versions and Kits ..................................................................................................................... 2-4 FX7500 RFID Reader ..................................................................................................................... 2-4 FX7500 RFID Reader Rear Panel ........................................................................................... 2-5 FX7500 RFID Readers LEDs ................................................................................................... 2-5 FX7500 RFID Reader Features ..................................................................................................... 2-7 Configuration and Upgrading ................................................................................................... 2-7 Draft 2 vi FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Tag Management ..................................................................................................................... 2-7 Device Management ................................................................................................................ 2-7 Logging .................................................................................................................................... 2-7 Connection Options ................................................................................................................. 2-7 Chapter 3: Installation and Communication Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 3-1 Unpacking the Reader .................................................................................................................... 3-1 Mounting and Removing the Reader .............................................................................................. 3-2 Mounting Tips .......................................................................................................................... 3-2 Mounting Using the Mounting Plate ......................................................................................... 3-2 Direct Mounting (Without the Mounting Plate) ......................................................................... 3-3 Connecting Antennas ..................................................................................................................... 3-4 Communications Connections ....................................................................................................... 3-5 Ethernet Connection ................................................................................................................ 3-5 USB Connection ...................................................................................................................... 3-6 GPIO Interface Connection ...................................................................................................... 3-9 Powering the Reader ...................................................................................................................... 3-10 Powering the Reader via AC Power Supply ............................................................................ 3-10 Powering the Reader via Power-over-Ethernet (POE) ............................................................ 3-10 LED Sequences ............................................................................................................................. 3-11 System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence ...................................................................................... 3-11 PWR LED Sequence to Indicate IPv4 Status after Booting ..................................................... 3-11 Reset to Factory Defaults LED Sequence ............................................................................... 3-11 LED Sequence for Software Update Status ............................................................................. 3-11 Reading Tags ................................................................................................................................ 3-12 Chapter 4: Administrator Console Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 4-1 Profiles ..................................................................................................................................... 4-2 Resetting the Reader ............................................................................................................... 4-2 Connecting to the Reader .............................................................................................................. 4-3 Connecting via Host Name ...................................................................................................... 4-3 Auto Discovery ......................................................................................................................... 4-4 Connecting via IP Address ....................................................................................................... 4-4 Using Zero-Configuration Networking when DHCP Server is Not Available ............................ 4-5 Obtaining the IP Address via Command Prompt ..................................................................... 4-5 Administrator Console Login .......................................................................................................... 4-6 First Time / Start-Up Login ....................................................................................................... 4-6 Setting the Region ................................................................................................................... 4-7 Reader Administrator Console ....................................................................................................... 4-9 Administrator Console Option Selections ................................................................................ 4-9 Status.............................................................................................................................................. 4-10 Reader Statistics............................................................................................................................. 4-11 Reader Gen2 Optional Operation Statistics ............................................................................. 4-12 NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics .......................................................................... 4-13 Event Statistics ........................................................................................................................ 4-14 Other Custom Command Operation Statistics ......................................................................... 4-15 Configure Reader .......................................................................................................................... 4-16 Draft 2 Table of Contents vii Reader Parameters (General) ................................................................................................. 4-16 Read Points ............................................................................................................................. 4-17 Read Points - Advanced .......................................................................................................... 4-18 Configure Region ..................................................................................................................... 4-19 Certificates ............................................................................................................................... 4-20 Read Tags ..................................................................................................................................... 4-30 Communication Settings ................................................................................................................ 4-31 Configure Network Settings - Ethernet Tab ............................................................................. 4-31 Configure Network Settings - Wi-Fi Tab .................................................................................. 4-32 Configure Network Settings - Bluetooth Tab ............................................................................ 4-33 Configure LLRP Settings ......................................................................................................... 4-34 SNMP Settings ......................................................................................................................... 4-35 Wireless Settings ..................................................................................................................... 4-36 Network Services Settings ....................................................................................................... 4-37 System Time Management ............................................................................................................ 4-38 IPV6 IP Sec .................................................................................................................................... 4-39 Change Password .......................................................................................................................... 4-40 FX7500 User Accounts ............................................................................................................ 4-40 Managing User Login and Logout ............................................................................................ 4-41 GPIO............................................................................................................................................... 4-41 Applications .................................................................................................................................... 4-42 Reader Profiles ............................................................................................................................... 4-43 FIPS Support on FX7500 ......................................................................................................... 4-44 Firmware Version/Update ............................................................................................................... 4-44 Firmware Update ..................................................................................................................... 4-45 Commit/Discard .............................................................................................................................. 4-45 System Log .................................................................................................................................... 4-46 Configure System Log ............................................................................................................. 4-47 Reader Diagnostics......................................................................................................................... 4-48 Shutdown........................................................................................................................................ 4-49 Chapter 5: Wi-Fi Configuration Wireless Network Advanced Configuration..................................................................................... 5-1 Sample Configuration Files ...................................................................................................... 5-2 Preferred Configurations for Access Points ................................................................................... 5-4 AP: Zebra AP 5131 .................................................................................................................. 5-4 AP: Android Device .................................................................................................................. 5-7 iPhone ...................................................................................................................................... 5-9 Copying Files to the Reader ........................................................................................................... 5-9 Chapter 6: Application Development Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 6-1 Reference Guides........................................................................................................................... 6-1 Draft 2 viii FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Chapter 7: Firmware Upgrade Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 7-1 Prerequisites................................................................................................................................... 7-1 Failsafe Update............................................................................................................................... 7-2 Update Phases ............................................................................................................................... 7-2 Updating FX7500 Reader Software ............................................................................................... 7-3 Verifying Firmware Version ...................................................................................................... 7-3 Updating Methods .................................................................................................................... 7-4 Verifying Firmware Version ...................................................................................................... 7-9 Chapter 8: Troubleshooting Appendix A: Technical Specifications FX7500 Kits .................................................................................................................................... A-1 KT-FX75004US-01 4-Port US Reader Kit ................................................................................ A-1 KT-FX75002US-01 2-Port US Reader Kit ................................................................................ A-1 KT-FX75004WR-01 4-Port Global Reader Kit ......................................................................... A-1 KT-FX75002WR-01 2-Port Global Reader Kit ......................................................................... A-2 Technical Specifications ................................................................................................................. A-2 Cable Pinouts ................................................................................................................................. A-4 10/100bT Ethernet / POE Connector ....................................................................................... A-4 USB Client Connector .............................................................................................................. A-5 USB Host Connector ................................................................................................................ A-5 GPIO Port Connections ........................................................................................................... A-6 Appendix B: Static IP Configuration Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... B-1 Reader IP Address or Host Name is Known -
Set the Static IP Using the Web Console ................................................................................. B-1 Reader IP is Not Known (DHCP Network Not Available) -
Set the Static IP Using the Web Console ................................................................................. B-3 Appendix C: RF Air Link Configuration Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... C-1 Radio Modes................................................................................................................................... C-1 Appendix D: Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... D-1 Connecting to a Wireless Network Using a Wi-Fi Dongle............................................................... D-1 Connecting to a Peer Device over Bluetooth Using a Bluetooth Dongle ....................................... D-5 Draft 2 Table of Contents ix Appendix E: Copying Files To and From the Reader Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... E-1 SCP................................................................................................................................................. E-1 FTP ................................................................................................................................................. E-1 FTPS............................................................................................................................................... E-2 Appendix F: Data Protection Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... F-1 Index Draft 2 x FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 ABOUT THIS GUIDE Introduction This Integrator Guide provides information about installing, configuring, and using the FX7500 RFID readers and is intended for use by professional installers and system integrators. The FX7500 readers provide real time, seamless tag processing for EPC Class1 Gen2 compliant tags. NOTE Screens and windows pictured in this guide are samples and may differ from actual screens. Configurations This guide includes the following FX7500 RFID reader configurations:
FX7500-42320A50-US: 4-Port FCC FX7500-22320A50-US: 2-Port FCC FX7500-42325A50-WR: 4-Port Worldwide FX7500-22325A50-WR: 2-Port Worldwide Draft 2 x FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Chapter Descriptions Topics covered in this guide are as follows:
Chapter 1, Quick Start provides a Quick Start tag reading demonstration. Chapter 2, Getting Started provides an overview of RFID technology/components and a description of the FX7500 reader and features. Chapter 3, Installation and Communication provides information on installing and setting up the FX7500 readers. Chapter 4, Administrator Console describes how to connect to the reader and how to use the web-based Administrator Console to configure and manage FX7500 readers. Chapter 5, Wi-Fi Configuration details wireless network advanced configuration and preferred configurations for access points. Chapter 6, Application Development provides information on developing applications for the FX7500, and includes references to the appropriate guides. Chapter 7, Firmware Upgrade provides reader firmware upgrade information on using the web-based Administrator Console and an FTP or FTPS server running a host computer. Chapter 8, Troubleshooting describes FX7500 readers troubleshooting procedures. Appendix A, Technical Specifications includes the technical specifications for the reader. Appendix B, Static IP Configuration describes three methods of setting the static IP address on an FX7500 RFID Reader. Appendix C, RF Air Link Configuration describes how to select air link configuration from a set of available air link profiles. Appendix D, Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles describes how to connect to a wireless network using a USB Wi-Fi dongle on the FX7500, and how to connect to a peer device over Bluetooth using a USB Bluetooth dongle. Appendix E, Copying Files To and From the Reader describes the SCP, FTP, and FTPS protocols for copying files. Appendix F, Data Protection describes how the FX7500 protects RFID data in transition. Draft 2 About This Guide xi Notational Conventions The following conventions are used in this document:
RFID reader or reader refers to the Zebra FX7500 RFID readers. Italics are used to highlight the following:
Chapters and sections in this and related documents Dialog box, window, links, software names, and screen names Drop-down list, columns and list box names Check box and radio button names Icons on a screen Bold text is used to highlight the following:
Dialog box, window and screen names Drop-down list and list box names Check box and radio button names Key names on a keypad Button names on a screen Icons on a screen Bullets () indicate:
Action items Lists of alternatives Lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential. Sequential lists (e.g., those that describe step-by-step procedures) appear as numbered lists. Related Documents and Software The following documents provide more information about the reader. FX7500 RFID Reader Quick Start Guide, p/n MN000070A01 FX Series Reader Software Interface Control Guide, p/n 72E-131718-xx. Describes Low Level Reader Protocol (LLRP) and Reader Management (RM) extensions for the FX7500 reader. RFID Demo Applications User Guide, p/n 72E-160038-01. Provides instructions for using sample applications which demonstrate how to use Zebra RFID readers. FX7500 Embedded SDK Installation Guide. Provides instructions for installing the embedded SDK for C and Java. FX7500 Embedded SDK Sample Application Guide. Explains how to use the embedded sample application with an integrated development environment. FX7500 Embedded SDK Programmers Guide. Provides instructions for creating new embedded applications. RFID3 API EPCglobal Low Level Reader Protocol (LLRP) Standard For the latest version of these guides and software, visit: http://www.zebra.com/support. Draft 2 xii FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Service Information If you have a problem using the equipment, contact your facility's technical or systems support. If there is a problem with the equipment, they will contact the Zebra Global Customer Support Center at:
http://www.zebra.com/support. When contacting Zebra support, please have the following information available:
Serial number of the unit Model number or product name Software type and version number. Zebra responds to calls by e-mail, telephone or fax within the time limits set forth in support agreements. If your problem cannot be solved by Zebra support, you may need to return your equipment for servicing and will be given specific directions. Zebra is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping container is not used. Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty. If you purchased your business product from a Zebra business partner, contact that business partner for support. Draft 2 CHAPTER 1 QUICK START Introduction This chapter provides a Quick Start setup demonstration. Quick Start Demonstration The Quick Start demonstration offers a simple, temporary way to quickly set up the reader and read tags. The demonstration includes:
Step 1, Setup on page 1-1 Step 2, Connecting to the Reader on page 1-2 Step 3, First Time / Start-Up Login on page 1-3 Step 4, Set Region on page 1-4 Step 5, Read Tags on page 1-6 Step 1, Setup For information on complete component kits available from Zebra, see Appendix A, Technical Specifications. 1. Unpack the reader. See Unpacking the Reader on page 3-1. 2. Set up the reader and tags on a desktop. 3. Connect the antenna to antenna Port 1. See Figure 1-1. 4. Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port. See Figure 1-1. Connecting the reader to a subnet that supports DHCP is recommended. This Quick Start procedure is not guaranteed to work if DHCP is disabled in the reader and if the reader is connected directly to a PC. 5. Connect the AC power supply to a power outlet and connect to the power port. See Figure 1-1. NOTE This step is not required for networks supporting Power-over-Ethernet (POE). Draft 2 1 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 6. Wait for the green power LED to stay lit. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11 for boot-up details. Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Antenna Ports (Four Ports, Reverse TNC) Reset GPIO USB-B Client USB-A Host 10/100BaseT Ethernet (with POE) Power Figure 1-1 FX7500 RFID Reader Rear Panel Connections Step 2, Connecting to the Reader To connect via host name:
1. Open a browser. Recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. 2. Enter the host name, printed on the host name label on the reader, in the browser
(e.g., http://fx7500cd3b0d) and press Enter. The User Login window appears and the reader is ready. NOTE Connect the reader to a network that supports host name registration and lookup to ensure the network can access the reader using the host name. For instance, some networks can register hostnames through DHCP. When first connecting to the reader, it is recommended to keep DHCP enabled in both the PC and in the reader, although it is not guaranteed that hostname will work all the time. Use the host name printed on the reader label, or construct it using the reader MAC address on the bottom of the reader. The host name is a string with the prefix FX7500, followed by the last three MAC address octets. For example, for a MAC address of 00:15:70:CD:3B:0D, use the prefix FX7500, followed by CD, 3B, and 0D, to create the host name FX7500CD3B0D. Enter http://FX7500CD3B0D in the browser address bar to access the reader. To connect using the USB port for network connection, see Wireless Intrusion Protection System. The default USB RNDIS IP address for the reader is 169.254.10.1 Draft 2 Step 3, First Time / Start-Up Login When starting the reader for the first time:
1. In the User Login window, enter admin in the User Name: field and enter change in the Password: field. Quick Start 1 - 3 Figure 1-2 User Login Window NOTE If you forget the user ID and/or password, see Reset to Factory Defaults LED Sequence on page 3-11 to reset the reader to factory defaults, and then select admin for the user name and enter change in the password field to regain access. 2. Click Login. The Region Configuration window appears. NOTE The Region Configuration window does not appear for US reader configurations. For these models, the Administrator Console main window appears. See Figure 4-1 on page 4-2. Draft 2 1 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Step 4, Set Region Set the region of operation. Setting the unit to a different region is illegal. NOTE Region configuration is not available for readers configured to operate in the United States region (under FCC rules). In this case, skip this step. 1. In the Configure Region Settings window, select the region from the drop-down menu. Figure 1-3 Selecting the Region 2. Select the Communication Standard, if applicable. 3. Select Frequency Wireless IPSy Hopping, if applicable. 4. Select the appropriate channel(s), if applicable. 5. Select the I understand check box. Draft 2 6. Select Set Properties to complete the region selection. The Operation Successful window appears. Quick Start 1 - 5 Figure 1-4 Region Configuration, Operation Successful Window 7. Select Commit/Discard. Figure 1-5 Commit/Discard Window 8. Click Commit to save the new region configuration and apply these changes to the reader configuration file, or click Discard to discard the region configuration changes. When the commit completes, the Commit Successful window appears. Draft 2 1 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Step 5, Read Tags Select Read Tags to view the Reader Operation window. NOTE Enable Java JRE support on the browser for this page to function properly. NOTE For security reasons browsers may block the Read Tags page. Look for a pop window that can be hidden behind the browser or at the bottom of the screen (the taskbar in Windows) and allow the applet to run. NOTE With older browsers, when upgrading/downgrading the FX7500, close the browser and re-open it to clear the old version of files cached. If the java cache for applets is on, clear the cached applet before starting the browser to use the Read Tags page. Figure 1-6 Read Tags Window Click Start Inventory to initiate an on-demand scan on the connected antennas that are enabled. Click Stop Inventory to stop the inventory operation. Select the Clear Tag List check box to clear the current tag list. The list of tags appears in a table with the following attributes for each tag:
EPC Id: Unique tag EPC ID. TagSeen Count: Number of times the tag is identified on the specific antenna. RSSI: Received Signal Strength Indication. Antenna Id: Antenna ID on which the tag is seen. FirstSeen time stamp: UTC time (in microseconds) when the tag was first seen. LastSeen time stamp: UTC time (in microseconds) when the tag was last seen. Draft 2 CHAPTER 2 GETTING STARTED Introduction This chapter provides an overview of RFID technology and components, and describes the FX7500 reader and its features. RFID Technology Overview RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) is an advanced automatic identification (Auto ID) technology that uses radio frequency signals to identify tagged items. An RFID tag contains a circuit that can store data. This data may be pre-encoded or can be encoded in the field. The tags come in a variety of shapes and sizes. A typical RFID system consists of transponders (called tags), readers, and antennas. To read a tag the reader sends out radio frequency waves (using attached antennas). This RF field powers and charges the tags, which are tuned to receive radio waves. The tags use this power to modulate the carrier signal. The reader interprets the modulated signal and converts the data to a format for computer storage. The computer application translates the data into an understandable format. Tags RF Wave and Response Physical/Network Connection Reader and Antenna Host Computer Figure 2-1 RFID System Elements Draft 2 2 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide RFID Components Zebra RFID offer low cost, long read range, and a high read rate. These features provide real time, end-to-end visibility of products and assets in the factory, distribution center, retail outlet, or other facility. A typical Zebra RFID system consists of the following components:
Silicon based RFID tags that attach to retail products, vehicles, trailers, containers, pallets, boxes, etc. Different antenna types to support applications such as dock door (area antennas) and conveyor. Readers power and communicate with the tags for data capture and provide host connectivity for data migration. Tags Tags contain embedded chips that store unique information. Available in various shapes and sizes, tags, often called transponders, receive and respond to data requests. Tags require power to send data, and are available with two power options:
Active Tags: typically powered by light-weight batteries and have limited life. Passive Tags: the RFID reader generates an RF field that powers the tag. Passive tags are much lighter, less expensive, and have a much longer life than active tags. Antennas Antennas transmit and receive radio frequency signals. A read point is the RF range of an antenna. Readers Readers communicate with the tags and can transfer the data to a host computer. Readers also provide features such as filtering and tag writing. FX7500 readers read Gen2 (dense reader mode) RFID tags. Draft 2 Getting Started 2 - 3 FX7500 RFID Readers The Zebra FX7500 RFID readers are intelligent, C1G2 UHF RFID readers with RFID read performance that provides real-time, seamless EPC-compliant tags processing. FX7500 RFID readers are designed for indoor inventory management and asset tracking applications in large scale deployments. The readers can host third-party customer-driven embedded applications. FX7500 RFID readers are based on Zebra's strategic FX7500 reader platform and are easy to use, deploy, and manage. The readers offer a variety of options for connecting to corporate networks using Ethernet or USB connections. Features include:
ISO 18000-6C standard (EPC Class 1 Gen 2) Dense reader mode capability Enterprise-class performance Application-specific setup for ease of installation Power over Ethernet (POE) to eliminate the need for a power drop SSL/SSH based security for secure data transmission Linux operating system Support for custom or third-party applications Feature set for event and tag management Support for NXP custom commands over LLRP Radio mode support via LLRP v1.0.1 Figure 2-2 FX RFID Reader The reader provides a wide range of features that enable implementation of complete, high-performance, intelligent RFID solutions. FX7500 RFID reader configurations include either two or four monostatic antenna ports. The monostatic ports are used only with monostatic antennas. Draft 2 2 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Versions and Kits FX7500 RFID readers are available in a 2-port or 4-port version, individually (reader and mounting bracket) or in a kit that includes the reader, mounting bracket, an antenna, and a power supply. For detailed kit information, see FX7500 Kits on page A-1. WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Do not install the Mounting Bracket, Antenna, Cables, PSU, and PoE (Power Injector) in the EAHS unless they are suitable for use in EAHS per UL 2043. FX7500 RFID Reader LEDs PWR ACTV STAT APP Figure 2-3 FX7500 RFID Reader Antenna Ports (Reverse TNC) Rear Panel Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Antenna Ports (Four Ports, Reverse TNC) Reset GPIO USB-B Client USB-A Host 10/100BaseT Ethernet (with POE) Power Figure 2-4 FX7500 RFID Reader Rear Panel Connections CAUTION Use only parts provided with the FX7500 RFID readers, or Zebra approved/recommended parts. Substituting other cables or parts can degrade system performance, damage the reader, and/or void the warranty. Draft 2 Getting Started 2 - 5 FX7500 RFID Reader Rear Panel Table 2-1 Rear Panel Descriptions Port Antenna Ports
(Reverse TNC) Reset GPIO USB Client USB Host 10/100BaseT Ethernet Power Description Two port version: Connect up to two antennas. Four port version: Connect up to four antennas. See Table A-1 on page A-2 for the maximum antenna gains and RF output powers for both US/Canada and EU. See Connecting Antennas on page 3-4 for connection information. To reset the reader insert a paper clip into the reset hole, press and hold the reset button for not more than 2 seconds. This resets the reader, but retains the user ID and password. See GPIO Interface Connection on page 3-9 for more information. The USB client port supports (by default) a network mode of operation. This enables a secondary network interface as a virtual adapter over USB. Advanced users can create a custom communication protocol on the USB port. See USB Connection on page 3-6 for connection information. Use the USB host port to connect USB devices such as WiFi / Bluetooth over USB dongles and flash memory drives. Insert a standard RJ45 Ethernet cable to connect to an Ethernet network with or without POE capability, or to a local computer. See Ethernet Connection on page 3-5 for connection information. DC connector connects to a Zebra approved power supply AC adapter (varies depending on the country). Maximum power 24 VDC, 1.2 A. See Powering the Reader on page 3-10 for connection information. FX7500 RFID Readers LEDs The reader LEDs indicate reader status as described in Table 2-2. For the LED boot up sequence see System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. PWR ACTV STAT APP Figure 2-5 FX7500 RFID Readers LEDs Draft 2 2 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table 2-2 LED Indications LED Function Color/Status Description PWR Power ACTV Activity STAT Status APP Application Off Amber Solid Red Flashing Amber Solid Green Solid Off Amber Flashing Green Flashing Off Red Solid Red Flashing Green Flashing Green/Red/Amber Reader is powered off Booting Firmware upgrade Application initialization after booting Reader is powered on and operational No RF operations On for 500 mSec indicates another tag operation On for 500 mSec indicates a tag is inventoried or read No errors or GPIO events Firmware update failure On for 500 mSec indicates an error in RF operation On for 500 mSec indicates a GPI event Controlled through RM Draft 2 Getting Started 2 - 7 FX7500 RFID Reader Features Configuration and Upgrading Use the Administrator Console to reconfigure the reader. See Chapter 4, Administrator Console. The reader can also accept new firmware and configuration updates. Tag Management The Administrator Console provides the Read tags feature. See Read Tags on page 4-30. Use client applications based on Zebra EMDK (Enterprise Mobility Development Kit) such as Power Session, or LLRP
(EPCGlobal Low Level Reader Protocol) for additional tag management operations such as Write, Lock, Filtering, Event Management and Kill. Device Management Quick Backup and Recovery Use a web browser to back up and restore reader configuration by downloading the configuration XML file. Use the Administrator Console to download the file to the reader. SNMP Integration The reader can send real time notification of specific events and failures to an SNMP server. Logging The reader keeps a log of all system-related activities for security and troubleshooting. The log includes time-stamped system activities such as login attempts and hardware failures. Use the log to pinpoint problems, to facilitate quick resolution, and to identify administrators who may require additional training to prevent future problems. See System Log on page 4-46. Connection Options The FX7500 provides flexibility for connecting to networks through an Ethernet connection or the USB client port. The readers primary network interface is Ethernet. The Ethernet interface accesses each reader from anywhere on the network using the unique host name or IP address. Additionally, the USB client port supports (by default) a Network mode of operation. This enables a secondary network interface as a virtual adapter over USB. The interfaces co-exist and if the Ethernet connection fails, the application can switch to USB using a specific IP and can control the reader. See Communications Connections on page 3-5. To use the USB port for network connection, see Wireless Intrusion Protection Systeml Wireless IPS. Draft 2 2 - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION AND COMMUNICATION Introduction This chapter includes the following FX7500 RFID reader installation and communication procedures:
Unpacking the Reader on page 3-1 Mounting and Removing the Reader on page 3-2 Mounting Tips on page 3-2 Mounting Using the Mounting Plate on page 3-2 Direct Mounting (Without the Mounting Plate) on page 3-3 Connecting Antennas on page 3-4 Communications Connections on page 3-5 Ethernet Connection on page 3-5 USB Connection on page 3-6 GPIO Interface Connection on page 3-9 Powering the Reader on page 3-10 Powering the Reader via AC Power Supply on page 3-10 Powering the Reader via Power-over-Ethernet (POE) on page 3-10 System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11 CAUTION FX7500 RFID readers must be professionally installed. WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Any cables used to interconnect to other equipment must be suitable for use in EAHS as per UL2043. Unpacking the Reader Remove the reader from the shipping container and inspect it for damage. Keep the shipping container, it is the approved shipping container and should be used if the reader needs to be returned for servicing. Draft 2 3 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Mounting and Removing the Reader WARNING! When installing the antenna ensure a minimum separation distance of 13.4 in (34 cm) between the antennas and all persons. Mounting Tips Mount the reader in any orientation. Consider the following before selecting a location for the FX7500 reader:
Mount the reader indoors, in operating range and out of direct sunlight, high moisture, and/or extreme temperatures. Mount the reader in an area free from electromagnetic interference. Sources of interference include generators, pumps, converters, non-interruptible power supplies, AC switching relays, light dimmers, and computer CRT terminals. Mount the reader within 15 feet of the antennas. Ensure that power can reach the reader. The recommended minimum horizontal mounting surface width is 7 1/2 inches. However, the unit can mount on surfaces as narrow as 6 inches (in locations where unit overhang is not an issue). For vertical mounting the unit can mount on a surface as small as 6 inches by 6 inches. Mount the reader onto a permanent fixture, such as a wall or a shelf, where it is not disturbed, bumped, or damaged. The recommended minimum clearance on all sides of the reader is five inches. Use a level for precise vertical or horizontal mounting. Mounting Using the Mounting Plate WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Do not install the Mounting Bracket in the EAHS. 1. Position the mounting plate on a flat surface (wall or shelf). Position the release tab on the top. See Figure 3-1. 2. Mark the hole locations using the mounting plate as a guide. See Figure 3-1. Remove the mounting plate and drill holes (appropriate for the surface material) at the marked locations. NOTE For wood surfaces, drill two 1/8" diameter by 7/8" deep holes. For drywall/masonry surfaces, drill two 3/16" diameter by 7/8" deep (min) holes and install using the provided anchors. Draft 2 Installation and Communication 3 - 3 Mounting Holes Release Tab Screw Head Stops
(4 typical) Figure 3-1 Mounting Plate, Front 3. Reposition the mounting plate over the mounting holes and secure using the supplied fasteners (as appropriate for the surface material). NOTE Mount the reader with the cable connections up or down, depending on the installation requirements. CAUTION Use a hand screw driver to install the mounting plate (do not use a power driver). Do not use excessive torque, and tighten the screws so that they are just snug on the screw head stops (see Figure 3-1). If the reader does not engage the mounting plate, loosen the screw(s) 1/8 to 1/4 turn and try again. 4. Position the reader by aligning the markers on the metal base plate and the wall bracket, with the key-slot holes over the mounting screws. Gently slide the reader down to lock into place. 5. To remove the reader, press the release tab and slide the reader up while gently pulling out. Direct Mounting (Without the Mounting Plate) CAUTION Not using the mounting plate can affect read performance at elevated temperatures. Also, if not using the mounting plate, secure the reader to prevent it from coming off of the mounting screws. To mount the unit without using the mounting bracket:
1. Use the mounting bracket as a template to locate the holes, or locate and mark the holes on 4 3/16 centers, +/- 1/32. 2. For wood surfaces, drill two 1/8" diameter by 7/8" deep holes on 4.192" centers. For drywall/masonry surfaces, drill two 3/16" diameter by 7/8" deep (min) holes on 4.192" centers and install using the provided anchors. 3. Position the reader with the key-slot holes over the mounting screws and gently slide the reader down to lock into place. 4. Adjust the screw head height to assure a snug fit. Or if the screws are accessible from the back, use machine screws with a lock washer/nut and tighten the nut (from the back) to secure the reader. Draft 2 3 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Connecting Antennas WARNING! When installing the antenna ensure a minimum separation distance of 13.4 in (34 cm) between the antenna and all persons. CAUTION Power off the reader before connecting antennas. See Powering the Reader on page 3-10. Never disconnect the antennas while the reader is powered on or reading tags. This can damage the reader. Do not turn on the antenna ports from a host when the antennas are not connected. Maximum antenna gain (including any cable loss) cannot exceed + 6.6dBiL. See Table 3-1 for corresponding maximum conducted RF power at antenna input. When mounting the antennas outside the building, connect the screen of the coaxial cable to earth
(ground) at the entrance to the building. Perform this in accordance with applicable national electrical installation codes. In the U.S., this is required by Section 820.93 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70. WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Do not install Antennas and Antenna Cables in the EAHS unless they are suitable for use in EAHS as per UL 2043. Table 3-1 Antenna Gain and Radiated Power FX7500 US and Canada Max Conducted RF Power at Antenna Input
+ 30.0dBm with + 6.0dBiL max gain antenna or + 29.36dBm with +
6.6dBiL max gain antenna
+ 6.6dBiL Max Antenna Gain Allowed Max Radiated Power Allowed 4W EIRP Antenna Type Circularly Polarized Plate EU
+29.2dBm Taiwan
+ 29.79dBm with + 6.0dBiL max gain antenna or + 29.36dBm with + 6.6dBiL max gain antenna
+ 5.5dBiL 2W ERP N/A
+ 6.6dBiL 4W EIRP Circularly Polarized Plate To connect the antennas to the reader (see Figure 3-2):
1. For each antenna, attach the antenna reverse TNC connector to an antenna port. 2. Secure the cable using wire ties. Do not bend the cable. Antenna Ports (Reverse TNC) Figure 3-2 FX7500 RFID Reader Antenna Connection Rear Panel Draft 2 Installation and Communication 3 - 5 Communications Connections Use a standard Ethernet connection, a standard POE, or POE + Ethernet connection to connect the FX7500 reader to a host or network. Ethernet Connection The reader communicates with the host using an Ethernet connection (10/100Base-T Ethernet cable). This connection allows access to the Administrator Console, used to change reader settings and control the reader. With a wired Ethernet connection (10/100Base-T cable), power the FX7500 reader using either the reader Zebra AC power supply, or by Power-Over-Ethernet through the Ethernet cable. Ethernet: Power through AC Outlet The FX7500 reader communicates to the host through a 10/100Base-T Ethernet cable and receives power through a Zebra AC power supply. 1. Route the Ethernet cable. 2. Route the power cable. 3. Terminate the Ethernet cable according to Table A-2 on page A-4. 4. Connect the Ethernet cable to the LAN port on the FX7500 reader. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-4. 5. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the host system LAN port. 6. Connect the Zebra AC power supply to a wall outlet. Insert the power supply barrel connector into the FX7500 reader power port. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-4. 7. 8. Verify that the unit booted properly and is operational. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. 9. On a networked computer, open an internet browser and connect to the reader. See Connecting to the Reader on page 4-3. 10. Log in to the Administrator Console. See Administrator Console Login on page 4-6. Ethernet: Power through Standard POE or POE+
The POE installation option allows the FX7500 reader to communicate and receive power on the same 10/100Base-T Ethernet cable. 1. Insert the POE Ethernet connector on the RJ45 Ethernet cable into the reader 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-4. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to an Ethernet network with POE capability. 3. Verify that the reader booted properly and is operational. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. 4. On a networked computer, open an internet browser and connect to the reader. See Connecting to the Reader on page 4-3. 5. Log in to the Administrator Console. See Administrator Console Login on page 4-6. CAUTION Do not connect to PoE networks outside the building. Draft 2 3 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide To connect to a network that is not POE capable:
1. Terminate the Ethernet cable according to Table A-2 on page A-4. 2. Connect the Ethernet cable to the FX7500 reader 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-4. 3. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to a POE power injector. 4. Connect a patch cable from the POE power injector to the host system LAN port. 5. Verify that the unit booted properly and is operational. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. 6. On a networked computer, open an internet browser and connect to the reader. See Connecting to the Reader on page 4-3. 7. Log in to the Administrator Console. See Administrator Console Login on page 4-6. USB Connection The USB client port supports (by default) a Network mode of operation. This enables a secondary network interface as a virtual adapter over USB. The interfaces co-exist and if the Ethernet connection fails, the application can switch to USB using a specific IP and can control the reader. To use the USB port for network connection, install the USB RNDIS Driver on the Windows XP PC or follow the instructions to install the Microsoft RNDIS driver for Windows 7 below. To connect the FX7500 to the host PC, insert a USB cable into the USB client port on the reader. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-4. Connect the other end of the cable to a USB port on the host PC. Zebra USB RNDIS Driver To use the USB port for network connection, install the Zebra USB Remote Network Device (RNDIS) driver and enable the driver on the FX7500. The Zebra RNDIS driver supports 32-bit version operating systems Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, and Windows Server 2008. For Windows 7 32-bit and 64-bit systems, it is recommend to use Microsoft RNDIS driver (see Microsoft RNDIS Driver for Windows 7 on page 3-7). To install the RNDIS driver on the host. 1. Download the installer file Zebra RNDIS.msi from http://www.zebra.com/support to the host PC. 2. Select this file on the host PC to install the host side drivers for using the USB Remote Network Device Interface on the FX7500. 3. Connect a USB cable between the host and the reader. The Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard screen appears. 4. Select the No, not this time radio button and click Next. 5. Select the default option Install Software Automatically (Recommended). 6. In the Hardware Installation pop-up window, select Continue Anyway. 7. Select Finish to complete the installation. This assigns the host an auto-configured IP address. The network is now ready to use and the readers IP address is fixed to 169.254.10.1. Draft 2 Installation and Communication 3 - 7 Microsoft RNDIS Driver for Windows 7 If using Windows 7:
1. After connecting a USB cable between the PC and reader, the RNDIS driver automatically installs. If it does not, right-click on Computer and select Manage. From System Tools, select Device Manager. Under Other Devices, look for an entry for RNDIS with an exclamation icon indicating that the driver was not installed. Figure 3-3 Computer Management Window 2. Right-click the icon and select Update Driver Software. Search for the device driver software by clicking on Browse my computer for driver software. 3. Select Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my computer. Draft 2 3 - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 4. Select Network adapters. Figure 3-4 Selecting Device Type 5. Select Microsoft Corporation from the manufacturer list. 6. Under Network Adapter, select Remote NDIS Compatible Device, and click Next. After installation, the PC recognizes the reader as an RNDIS device. The PC obtains the IP address 169.254.10.102, and the reader is reachable at the IP address 169.254.10.1. Sample Implementation This implementation assumes that only one FX7500 reader is connected to a host PC via USB. This feature does not function with multiple readers connected to the host. Zebra recommends disabling any other network interface on the PC. Use an application that uses RFID3 APIs such as Power Session, or use an LLRP application to connect to the reader to read tags. 1. The primary RFID server connects to the FX7500 via the Ethernet interface. 2. The host PC connects to the FX7500 via the USB port. An application on the host PC monitors communication between the primary RFID server and FX7500 reader. 3. When the application on the host PC detects a communication failure between the primary RFID server and the reader, it connects to and controls the reader using the USB virtual interface. Draft 2 Installation and Communication 3 - 9 4. The FX7500 listens on the USB virtual interface on a fixed port (49152) as well as on the standard LLRP port (5084). To enable this, select the Allow LLRP Connection Override check box in Configure LLRP Settings console window. Figure 3-5 Communication / Configure LLRP Settings Window Only one LLRP session can be active on the reader, either through the primary Ethernet interface or through the virtual network over USB interface. If a connection is active on one interface, a subsequent connection attempt on a second interface disconnects the first. The second connection attempt always prevails and creates a new session. GPIO Interface Connection This pluggable terminal block type allows connecting individual wires independently. A single connector accommodates both inputs and outputs. See Table A-5 on page A-6 for pinout information. GPIO signals allow some flexibility. Inputs are pulled up within the reader to +5 VDC and can be shorted to ground to pull them low. This allows driving them directly via simple relay or switch contacts. Alternatively, 5V logic can drive inputs. In the logic low state, the current sourced from the reader is approximately 3 mA, so standard gates in most logic families can drive them. Current flow in the high state is negligible. When the equipment uses an external +24 VDC power supply, a +24 VDC connection is provided. This output is not available when an external 24 VDC supply is not present. NOTE Do not connect the +24 VDC output directly to either general purpose input that tolerates voltages in excess of 5V but is designed to operate optimally within the range of 0 to +5 VDC. The general purpose outputs are open-drain drivers, pulled up to 5V. Each output can withstand voltages up to
+30 VDC but should not be driven negative. For best results use the +24 VDC supply as a source of external current and use the outputs directly to drive 24V relays, indicator lamps, etc., wired between the 24V supply and individual general purpose outputs. Although each output can sink up to 1A, the maximum current that can be drawn from the internal 24V supply is 1A, so use an external power supply if the current requirement exceeds this. Note that the state of the general purpose outputs is inverted, e.g., driving a GPO line high at the processor pulls the corresponding output low. Draft 2 3 - 10 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Powering the Reader CAUTION Connect the antennas before supplying power to the reader. WARNING! For Mounting in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS): Do not install Power Supplies and PoE (Power Injector) in the EAHS unless they are suitable for use in EAHS as per UL 2043. Powering the Reader via AC Power Supply The approved AC power supply connects to the power port on the FX7500 reader using a locking connector
(see Figure 2-4 on page 2-4). The power supply is compatible with:
120V 60 Hz (North America) 230V 50 Hz (International excluding Japan) 100V 50/60 Hz (Japan). Insert the power supply barrel connector into the reader power port (see Figure 2-4 on page 2-4). Rotate the connector to lock it in place. 1. 2. Apply power to the power supply. The green Power LED stays on to indicate the reader is powered and ready. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. To power down the reader, unplug the power supply from its power source. The green Power LED turns off to indicate that the device is off and the system is not operational. Remove the connector from the reader power port. Powering the Reader via Power-over-Ethernet (POE) Connect the reader to either a standard POE or POE+ injectors. 1. Insert the POE Ethernet connector on the RJ45 Ethernet cable into the reader 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-4. 2. Connect the other end of the cable to an Ethernet network with POE capability. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. To power down the reader, remove the Ethernet cable from the network. The green Power LED turns off to indicate that the device is off and the system is not operational. Remove the connector from the 10/100BaseT Ethernet port. Draft 2 Installation and Communication 3 - 11 LED Sequences System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence See Figure 2-5 on page 2-5 for LED locations. During system start-up:
1. All LEDs turn on for a few seconds when power is applied to the reader. 2. All LEDs turn off and the PWR LED turns amber. 3. The PWR LED turns green to indicate successful RFID application initialization. 4. When the sequence completes, the green PWR LED remains on and all other LEDs are off. PWR LED Sequence to Indicate IPv4 Status after Booting After the RFID application initializes:
1. The PWR LED turns green for 5 seconds to indicate success (following the sequence from System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence). 2. The reader checks the eth0 IPv4 address and indicates the IPv4 status using the LEDs:
If the reader has a DHCP address, the PWR LED blinks green for 3 seconds. If the reader has static IP address, the PWR LED blinks amber 3 seconds. If the reader has an IP address from zero-configuration networking algorithm, the PWR LED blinks red for 3 seconds. If the reader doesn't have valid IP, the PWR LED blinks amber and green using a 90-second timeout to indicate that it is waiting to acquire an IP address. If it obtains a valid IP within the timeout period, the reader indicates the status as described above. If the timeout expires before the reader obtains an IP, the PWR LED stops blinking. 3. The PWR LED again turns solid green. Reset to Factory Defaults LED Sequence Holding the reset button for 8 seconds resets the reader to the factory default configuration. 1. All LEDs turn on as usual when you press and hold the reset button. 2. The PWR LED blinks amber when the reset button is held. 3. The PWR LED blinks green fast 5 times to indicate that the reader detects a reset operation. 4. Release the reset button to reset the reader to factory defaults. LED Sequence for Software Update Status 1. The PWR LED blinks red during the software update process. 2. After reset, the STAT LED blinks red if the radio module requires a firmware update. Draft 2 3 - 12 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Reading Tags After the reader powers up, test the reader. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. 1. Enable tag reading using the web-based Administrator Console (see Read Tags on page 4-30) or control the reader through a real-time application such as Power Session. 2. Present a tag so it is facing the antenna and slowly approach the antenna until the activity LED turns green, indicating that the reader read the tag. See Figure 2-5 on page 2-5. The distance between the tag and the antenna is the approximate read range. NOTE For optimal read results, do not hold the tag at an angle or wave the tag, as this can cause the read distance to vary. Draft 2 CHAPTER 4 ADMINISTRATOR CONSOLE Introduction NOTE The screens and windows in this chapter may differ from actual screens and windows. The applications described may not be available on (or applicable to) all devices. Procedures are not device-specific and are intended to provide a functional overview. This chapter describes the FX7500 Reader Administrator Console functions and procedures. Access the Administrator Console using a web browser from a host computer, and use this to manage and configure the readers. The Administrator Console main window and support windows have four areas, each containing unique information about the reader. Selection Menu - selects the function for the primary information window. Primary Information Window - provides the primary function information. Product Identification Header - identifies the product. USB Port Status - provides details on the USB device connected to the USB host port. Hover the mouse pointer over the blue link, available only when a device is detected. Help Information Window:
provides detailed information to support the primary information window includes a scroll bar to scroll through information includes a toggle button to turn on/off the help information window Draft 2 4 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Selection Menu Primary Information Window Product Identification Header Help Information Window Toggle On/Off Button Help Information Window Figure 4-1 Reader Administrator Console Main Menu Profiles Use profiles for multiple reader deployments to save configuration time, as only a few APIs are needed to completely configure a reader. See Reader Profiles on page 4-43. Resetting the Reader To reset the reader, press and hold the reset button for not more than 2 seconds. See Figure 2-4 on page 2-4 for the reset button location. The reader reboots but retains the user ID and password. See System Start-up/Boot LED Sequence on page 3-11. NOTE Hard rebooting the reader (disconnecting power) is not recommended as this discards all the tag events and system log information. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 3 Connecting to the Reader NOTE This section describes procedures in a Windows environment. To use the Administrator Console to manage the reader, first power up the reader and connect it to an accessible network. See Powering the Reader on page 3-10 and Ethernet Connection on page 3-5. The green power LED indicates that the reader is ready. If the green power LED is not lit, reset the reader. See Resetting the Reader on page 4-2. Connect to the reader in one of two ways:
1. Connecting via Host Name on page 4-3 2. Connecting via IP Address on page 4-4 There are three ways to assign an IP address to the reader:
1. Using DHCP on the network 2. Using Zero-Configuration Networking when DHCP Server is Not Available on page 4-5 3. Statically assigning an IP Any method of assigning the IP supports connection using host name or IP address. Alternatively, connect the reader directly to a local computer using zero-configuration networking. See Using Zero-Configuration Networking when DHCP Server is Not Available on page 4-5. NOTE When using zero-configuration networking, the FX7500 reader cannot communicate with computers on different subnets, or with computers that do not use automatic private IP addressing. Connecting via Host Name To connect to the reader using the host name:
CAUTION Reader host name is not guaranteed to work at all times. Its recommended use is only in networks where the probability for IP collisions is low, such as a network in which a DNS server is configured to work together with DHCP to register host names. Host name usage is not recommended in a network where there is no strict control to prevent IP collisions, such as informal networks that use IP static configuration without strict control. 1. Open a browser. Recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. 2. Enter the host name provided on the reader label in the browser (e.g., http://fx7500cd3b0d) and press Enter. The Console Login window appears and the reader is ready. Draft 2 4 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 3. Proceed to Administrator Console Login on page 4-6 to log in to the reader. NOTE Connect the reader to a network that supports host name registration and lookup to ensure the network can access the reader using the host name. For instance, some networks can register host names through DHCP. When first connecting to the reader, it is recommended to keep DHCP enabled in both the PC and the reader, although it is not guaranteed that the host name will work all the time. Use the host name printed on the reader label, or construct it using the reader MAC address on the reader back label. The host name is a string with prefix FX7500, followed by the last three MAC address octets. For example, for a MAC address of 00:15:70:CD:3B:0D, use the prefix FX7500, followed by the last three MAC address octets (CD, 3B, and 0D), for the host name FX7500CD3B0D. Type http://FX7500CD3B0D in the browser address bar to access the reader. For a network that does not support host name registration and lookup, use the Power Session auto discovery feature to obtain the IP address, and use the IP address connect method. Auto Discovery The FX7500 can automatically belong to a network. The reader implements WS-Discovery conforming to RFID Reader Management Profile (RDMP) specification in ISO 24791-3. RDMP is based on an extension for Device Profile for Web Services (DPWS). The discovery mechanism is limited to subnets and does not work across subnets. The Power Session application supports this feature, and it lists the discovered reader using reader hostnames. Because this feature is based on WS-Discovery, the readers can also be discovered in Windows Vista and Windows 7 computers by clicking on the Network icon in a file browser. Connecting via IP Address To use the IP address to connect to the reader:
1. Open a browser. Recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. 2. Enter the IP address in the browser (e.g., http://157.235.88.99) and press Enter. The Console Login window appears and the reader is ready. 3. Proceed to Administrator Console Login on page 4-6 to login to the reader. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 5 Using Zero-Configuration Networking when DHCP Server is Not Available If a DHCP server is not available, the FX7500 reader can use zero-configuration networking to automatically provide a unique network IP address. The reader can then use TCP/IP to communicate with other computers also using a zero-configuration networking-generated IP address. NOTE When using zero-configuration networking, the FX7500 reader cannot communicate with computers on different subnets, or that do not use automatic private IP addressing. Automatic private IP addressing is enabled by default. The zero-configuration networking procedure is recommended when the reader is connected directly to a PC. It reduces the overhead needed to configure the reader to a static IP address. When zero-configuration networking executes after failing to detect a DHCP server, the reader automatically assigns an IPv4 IP address to the Ethernet interface in the form 169.254.xxx.xxx. This IP address is predictable because it uses the last 2 bytes of the MAC address, usually represented as HEX values, to complete the IPv4 address. These values are converted to decimal format (e.g., if the MAC address ends with 55:9A, the IPv4 address assigned by the zero-configuration algorithm is 169.254.85.148. Windows-based computers support APIPA/zero-configuration networking by default when DHCP fails. To enable APIPA for a Windows PC, visit http://support.microsoft.com/ and search for APIPA. Obtaining the IP Address via Command Prompt The Administrator Console provides the reader IP address. See Figure 4-1 on page 4-2. To obtain the reader IP address without logging into the reader, open a command window and ping the reader host name. See Connecting via Host Name on page 4-3. Figure 4-2 IP Ping Window Draft 2 4 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Administrator Console Login The reader has a unique first time startup sequence that requires setting a unique user ID and password and as well as the region (regulatory requirement). NOTE The recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. These browsers were tested and validated to work properly. Other browsers may or may not work properly. First Time / Start-Up Login When starting the reader for the first time, set a unique user ID and password and set the region of reader operation. Setting the reader to a different region is illegal. Logging In with Default User ID and Password 1. Upon connecting to the reader with a web browser, the User Login window appears. Figure 4-3 User Login Window 2. Enter admin in the User Name: field and change in the Password: field and click Login. For global reader configurations, the Region Configuration window appears. For US reader configurations, the Administrator Console main window appears. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 7 Setting the Region For global reader configurations, set the region of operation. Setting the unit to a different region is illegal. NOTE Region configuration is not available for readers configured to operate in the United States region (under FCC rules). In this case, skip this step. 1. In the Configure Region Settings window, select the region from the drop-down menu. Figure 4-4 Selecting the Region 2. Select the Communication Standard if applicable. 3. Select Frequency Hopping, if applicable. 4. Select the appropriate channel(s), if applicable. 5. Click the I understand check box. 6. Click Set Properties to complete the region selection. The Operation Successful window appears. 7. Select Commit/Discard from the selection menu. NOTE Most changes to the reader require a commit to save them. Draft 2 4 - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Figure 4-5 Commit/Discard Window 8. Click Commit to apply the changes to the reader configuration file, or Discard to discard the new region configuration changes. When the commit completes, the Commit Successful window appears. The region is now set and stored in the reader. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 9 Reader Administrator Console The Reader Administrator Console main window appears after successfully logging into the reader. Figure 4-6 Reader Administrator Console Main Window Administrator Console Option Selections Click an item from the selection menu on the left to select:
Status - see Status on page 4-10 Operation Statistics - see Reader Statistics on page 4-11 Gen2 Optional - see Reader Gen2 Optional Operation Statistics on page 4-12 NXP - see NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics on page 4-13 Events - see Event Statistics on page 4-14 Other Custom - see Other Custom Command Operation Statistics on page 4-15 Configure Reader - see Configure Reader on page 4-16 Read Points - see Read Points on page 4-17 Advanced - see Read Points - Advanced on page 4-18 Region - see Configure Region on page 4-19 Certificates - see Certificates on page 4-20 Read Tags - see Read Tags on page 4-30 Draft 2 4 - 10 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Communication - see Communication Settings on page 4-31 IP Sec - see IPV6 IP Sec on page 4-39 LLRP - see Configure LLRP Settings on page 4-34 SNMP - see SNMP Settings on page 4-35 Wireless - see Wireless Settings on page 4-36 Services - see Network Services Settings on page 4-37 Date/Time - see System Time Management on page 4-38 Change Password - see Change Password on page 4-40 GPIO - see GPIO on page 4-41 Applications - see Applications on page 4-42 Profiles - see Reader Profiles on page 4-43 Firmware - see Firmware Version/Update on page 4-44 Update - see Firmware Update on page 4-45 Commit/Discard - see Commit/Discard on page 4-45 System Log - see System Log on page 4-46 Configure - see Configure System Log on page 4-47 Diagnostics - see Reader Diagnostics on page 4-48 Shutdown - see Shutdown on page 4-49 Logout - click Logout to immediately log out of the Administrator Console. Status Click Status on the selection menu to view the Reader Status window. This window displays information about the reader and read points (antennas). Figure 4-7 Reader Status Window Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 11 The Reader Status window provides consolidated reader status information:
System Clock: The current system clock value, in the format of [Year] [Month] [Day] [Hour: Minute:
Second] [Time Difference with UTC]. Click the link to adjust the reader date and time settings. Up Time - Displays how long the reader has been running, in the format [Number of Days] [Number of Hours] [Number of Minutes] [Number of Seconds]. CPU Usage: Displays the CPU usage for the system and reader applications, including customer applications. RAM Usage: Displays the total allocated RAM for the reader application and customer applications (if any), the memory used, and the free memory. Flash Usage: Displays the flash memory usage by partition. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for the window. The status information refreshes every N seconds (where N is the user configured value for the refresh interval). The minimum refresh interval value is 10 seconds; the maximum allowed is 86,400 seconds. Reader Statistics Select Operation Statistics to view the Reader Operation Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of individual read points or combined statistics for all read points, including the success and failure values of statistics for each read point. The statistic count is cumulative once the reader starts or the Reset Statistics button is selected. Figure 4-8 Reader Operation Statistics Window Choose ReadPoint - Select a specific read point or select All from the drop-down list to display the statistics. IdentificationCount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) tag inventories. ReadCount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) tag reads. WriteCount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) tag writes. Lockcount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) lock operations on tags. Draft 2 4 - 12 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide KillCount - Displays the number of successful (and failed) kill operations on tags. Reset Statistics - Resets all success and failure counts (including the optional Gen2 and Custom statistics) for all read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Reader Gen2 Optional Operation Statistics Select Gen2 Optional to view the Reader Gen2 Operation Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of read points for the optional Gen2 operations the reader supports. Figure 4-9 Reader Gen2 Operation Statistics Window Choose ReadPoint - Select a specific read point from the drop-down list to display the statistics, or select All to view the combined statistics for all read points. BlockErase - Displays the number of successful (and failed) block erase operations. BlockWrite - Displays the number of successful (and failed) block write operations. BlockPermalock - Displays the number of successful (and failed) block permalock operations. Reset Statistics - Resets all success and failure counts (including the standard Gen2 and custom statistics) for all read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 13 NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics Select NXP to view the NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of read points for the custom NXP operations the reader supports. Figure 4-10 NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics Window Choose ReadPoint - Select a specific read point from the drop-down list to display the statistics, or select All to view the combined statistics for all read points. ChangeEAS - Displays the number of successful (and failed) change EAS operations performed on NXP tags. EASAlarm - Displays the number of successful (and failed) EAS alarms received from tags. SetQuiet - Displays the number of successful (and failed) set quiet operations performed on NXP tags. ResetQuiet - Displays the number of successful (and failed) reset quiet operations performed on NXP tags. ChangeConfig - Displays the number of successful (and failed) change configuration operations performed on NXP tags. Reset Statistics - Resets all the success and failure counts (including the standard and optional Gen2 operation statistics) for all the read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Draft 2 4 - 14 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Event Statistics Select Events to view the Events Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of events. Figure 4-11 Event Statistics Window AmbientTemperatureHighAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for ambient temperature high alarm. AmbientTemperatureCriticalAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for ambient temperature critical alarm. PATemperatureHighAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for PA temperature high alarm. PATemperatureCriticalAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for PA temperature critical alarm. ForwardPowerHighAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for forward power high alarm. ForwardPowerLowAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for forward power low alarm. ReversePowerHighAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for reverse power high alarm. EchoThresholdAlarm - Displays the number of events raised for echo threshold alarm. DatabaseWarning - Displays the number of warning events raised whenever the radio tag list buffer is almost full. DatabaseError - Displays the number of events raised when the radio tag list buffer is full. GPIInformation - Displays the number of events raised for radio GPI events. Reset Statistics - Resets all the success and failure counts for all the read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 15 Other Custom Command Operation Statistics Select Other Custom to view the Other Custom Command Operation Statistics window. This window provides options to view the statistics of read points for the custom operations the reader supports. Figure 4-12 NXP Custom Command Operation Statistics Window Choose ReadPoint - Select a specific read point from the drop-down list to display the statistics, or select All to view the combined statistics for all read points. QTOperation - Displays the number of successful (and failed) QT operations performed on Monza4 QT tags. Reset Statistics - Resets all the success and failure counts for all the read points. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) for this window. The statistics information for the chosen read point is refreshed every N seconds (where N is the set refresh interval). The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Draft 2 4 - 16 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Configure Reader Use the Configure Reader submenus to access the following functions. Reader Parameters (General) Select Configure Reader in the selection menu to configure reader settings using this window. Figure 4-13 Reader Parameters Name - Sets the user-configured reader name. Accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Description - Sets a user-configured reader description. Accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Location - Enter information on the reader location. Accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters. Contact - Enter the name of the reader manager contact. Accepts up to 32 alphanumeric characters. GPI Debounce Time - Delays input events up to this time, and delivers these events only if the PIN states remains on the same level. Operation Status - Displays the current operation status of the reader (Enabled, Disabled, or Unknown). Antenna Check - Controls the antenna sensing feature on the reader. Disabled indicates that the reader does not attempt to check if an antenna is connected on the ports. When Enabled, the reader monitors the presence of an antenna on the port and only transmits RF if an antenna is connected. Idle Mode Timeout (secs) - Turns off the radio when the reader is idle for the specified time interval. A value of 0 disables this feature. Enabling this also turns off the antenna check feature when idle mode is entered after time out. Radio Power State - Displays the current state (On or Off) of the radio. The radio can be turned off if the Idle Mode Timeout is set to a non-zero value and the radio is not performing RF operations for a time period greater than the time specified by this timeout. The radio turns on automatically when RF operation starts. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 17 Power Negotiation - When the Power Negotiation option is set as enabled, and committed, the FX7500 reader starts power negotiation. Power negotiation occurs only if the reader is powered from a switch that is capable of LLDP based power negotiation. If the reader is powered from a source that does not support LLDP, power negotiation can still be enabled and disabled, but the reader does not carry out any power negotiation. The moment the power source is switched to an LLDP enabled switch, power negotiation occurs at startup if it was enabled from the UI previously. After power negotiation is enabled, and committed, it takes approximately 2 to 5 minutes to reach the PoE+ level. This is the time taken for LLDP packet exchange between the reader and the switch for power negotiation. These settings only affect the display. Use Commit/Discard on page 4-45 to save the changes. Read Points Click Read points in the selection menu to configure the read point settings and view the current read points state. Figure 4-14 Configure Read Points Antenna Status Status buttons - indicate the status of the reader read points:
Green: Connected - Read point is enabled and an antenna is connected to the port. Red: Not connected - Read point is enabled, but no antenna is connected to the port. Yellow: User disabled - The user disabled the read point. Click a read points status button to view and/or change the selected antenna configuration. Refresh Interval - Sets the refresh interval (in seconds) to update the readpoint status. The minimum value is 10 seconds and the maximum value allowed is 86,400 seconds. Input a new value and click Change to set a new interval. Maintenance mode - Places the reader in maintenance mode which intermittently drives PWR, ACT, and STAT LEDs to easily locate the reader. Also enables quick reporting of antenna status by setting the refresh interval to 2 seconds. Note that you can not modify the refresh interval in this mode. Draft 2 4 - 18 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Antenna Configuration Choose Read Point - Select a read point to display the configuration. Description - Enter a read point description of up to 32 alphanumeric characters. User Configuration - Enable or disable the read point. Disabling a read point blocks RF operation using the port/antenna. Air Protocol - Displays the air protocols the read point supports. The reader currently supports only EPC Class1 GEN2 air protocol. Cable loss (dB/100 ft) - Specifies the cable loss in terms of dB per 100 feet length for the antenna cable that is used to connect this read point port to the antenna. Refer to the specification of the antenna cable for this information. The default value is 0. Setting this and the cable length to non-zero values allows the compensating for the RF signal loss in the cable due to attenuation by specifying an appropriate increase in the transmit power for this read point. The reader uses this and the cable length value to internally calculate the cable loss. The calculated cable loss is internally added to the power level configured on the read point. Cable length (ft) - Sets the cable length in feet of the physical cable that connects the read point port to the antenna. Set Properties - Select Set Properties to apply the changes. Select Commit/Discard on page 4-45 to save the changes to the reader. Read Points - Advanced Click Advanced under Read points in the selection menu to view the Advanced Antenna Configuration window. Use this window to modify the transmission power and frequency configuration elements of the antenna. Figure 4-15 Advanced Antenna Configuration NOTE This page is not supported when LLRP is configured in secure mode. Retrieve the current configuration of an antenna before applying the advanced configuration settings. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 19 Get Configuration - Select an antenna to get the current configuration for that antenna. After login, you must get the antenna configuration for an antenna before settings can be applied. The antenna configuration page retains the retrieved settings after login if you do not refresh the page using browser refresh. Transmit Power - Displays the current transmit power setting after selecting Get Configuration, and allows changing the transmit power for that antenna. This transmit power level does not include cable loss compensation. Transmit Frequency - Displays the active frequency configuration on the reader, and allows changing the frequency for non-frequency hopping enabled regulatory regions. If hopping is enabled, the combo box displays the hop table ID. Save Settings Permanently - Check this to save the settings permanently and persist them across reboots. Apply - Click to apply the settings for the selected antennas. This applies the selected transmit power and frequency/hop table configuration to all selected antennas. The settings are applied immediately and have immediate effect on Inventory/Access operations. Also check Save Setting Permanently to persist these settings across reboots unless modified by another client. Configure Region Different countries have different RF regulatory requirements. To assure regulatory compliance, select Region to set the reader for specific regulatory requirements in the country of reader operation using the Configure Region Settings window. NOTE Region configuration is not required for readers configured to operate in the United States region (under FCC rules). Because of the differing frequency requirements, there are several versions of the hardware. The list of choices on this page is limited by the software to those selections compatible with the hardware in use. Note that if only one option is compatible with the hardware, that option is selected automatically. Figure 4-16 Configure Region Settings Window Region of Operation - Select the region for the country of operation from the drop-down list. This list includes regions which have regulatory approval to use with the current board. Draft 2 4 - 20 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Communication Standard - Select the communication standard from the list of standards that the chosen region supports. If a region supports only one standard, it is automatically selected. Frequency Hopping - Check to select frequency hopping. This option appears only if the chosen region of operation supports this. Selected Channels - Select a subset of channels on which to operate (from the list of supported channels). This option appears only if the chosen region of operation supports this. Please confirm - Check the I understand check box to confirm your understanding that the choices are in compliance with local regulatory requirements. Set Properties - Click to apply the changes. Select Commit/Discard on page 4-45 to save the changes to the reader. Certificates You can protect network services on the reader using SSL/TLS to secure the communication channel against eavesdropping or tampering, and optionally authenticate peer networked nodes involved in the communication. SSL/TLS protocol uses Public Key Infrastructure digital certificates. The following services on the reader support SSL/TLS:
Web Administrator Console service (HTTPS). See Network Services Settings on page 4-37. File Transfer Service (FTPS - explicit SSL/TLS over FTP). See Network Services Settings on page 4-37. Shell Service (SSH - by default always in secure mode). Secure LLRP Service (refer to the EPC Global LLRP Standard, Security in TCP Transport). See the Enable Secure Mode option in Configure LLRP Settings on page 4-34. NOTE The supported version of SSL/TLS varies between services. Different services support SSL v3 and TLS 1.0 and above. NOTE The Validate Peer option in Secure LLRP Service configuration enables authentication of reader and/or clients using digital certificates. You must import a custom certificate (instead of the default self-signed certificate) to the reader to enable this option. See Configure LLRP Settings on page 4-34 for details. Services other than Secure LLRP rely on password-based authentication. NOTE The SNMP service on the reader supports SNMP v2c and does not support security. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 21 Certificate Configuration The Certificate Configuration page is available under the Configure Reader menu when the Administrator Console is in HTTPS mode only. To enable HTTPS mode, select Communication > Services, and on the Reader Communication Parameters page select HTTPS from the Web Server drop-down menu. Figure 4-17 Setting HTTPS Mode Select Configure Reader > Certificates. The Certificate Configuration page provides the current certificate details and an option to update to a custom certificate. Figure 4-18 Certificate Configuration Page The Current certificate details section displays the installed certificate's details such as issuer, serial number, and validity information. By default, the reader uses self-signed certificates (characterized by Subject name and Issuer in Current certificate details) for all secure interfaces using SSL/TLS. Draft 2 4 - 22 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Self-signed certificates have restrictions, such as by default clients do not trust them because they are not issued by a trusted Certification Authority (CA). Custom trusted certificates may be beneficial in certain use cases, for example:
LLRP by default does not authenticate the client or reader. Security extensions to the standard allow client or reader authentication using digital certificates. The entities involved validate digital certificates by confirming the certificates were issued from a trusted source. Therefore a custom certificate is required to authenticate the client or reader. See the Validate Peer option in Configure LLRP Settings on page 4-34. By default web browsers display a warning or prevent connection to the Administrator Console when the console service is in HTTPS mode. See Network Services Settings on page 4-37. This can be an inconvenience for certain environments, particularly when browsers are configured to reject connection to servers that do not publish a trusted certificate. FX7500 reader does not allow automatic certificate request and updating. The reader certificate must be issued externally and imported to the reader. The Update Certificate section allows importing a custom certificate to the reader. You must use one of the digital certificate generation mechanisms to create the certificate (see Creating a Custom Certificate). The reader only supports certificates in PKCS#12 format (typically with a .pfx extension). This format uses a signed certificate, with a private key (optionally encrypted) bundled into a single file. The certificate must be hosted on a secure FTP server (running in Explicit SSL/TLS over FTP mode). The following options are used to perform the update:
FTPS URL: Full path to server, including ftps:// prefix, where the .pfx file is hosted. FTPS User ID: User login ID to secure FTP server. FTPS Password: Password for specified user. PFX Password: Password for encrypted key in the .pfx file, if the key is encrypted. NOTE The FX7500 supports only a single digital certificate. If a custom certificate is installed, the issuer of the certificate is trusted by the reader, so any client attempting to connect to the reader over secure LLRP mode is trusted if the certificate issued to the client is from the same issuer. NOTE The FX7500 only supports certificates using the RSA public key algorithm. When obtaining a certificate issued from the reader or clients, ensure that RSA is the selected key algorithm. NOTE A manual reboot of the reader is required after updating the certificate for the services using SSL/TLS. Creating a Custom Certificate FX7500 reader requires that custom certificates are created externally and imported to the reader using a secure FTP, as described previously. The certificate and key used by the reader must be in PKCS#12 format (a single .pfx file), while the certificate and keys used by clients interfacing to the LLRP service on the reader must be in PEM format. If you obtain a certificate in a different format it must be converted to the appropriate format using a tools such as OpenSSL (www.openssl.org). Digital certificates are typically requested and issued from a certification authority hosted internally in an enterprise environment or by a trusted third party certification authority. The process of requesting and creating certificates varies between platforms. For example, a Windows Server environment typically uses Microsoft Certification Server to process certificate requests and issue certificates. Unix-based systems typically use Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 23 OpenSSL. This guide can not document all options. The following example illustrates one method of creating custom certificates. Custom Certificate Creation Example The following example illustrates how to set up an OpenSSL-based certification authority to issue reader and client certificates. These scripts can be executed in a Unix operating system or on Windows with a Unix shell scripting environment such as Cygwin:
Create the following text files in a suitable folder:
caconfig.cnf - OpenSSL configuration file for Certification Authority certificate creation and signing samplereader.cnf - OpenSSL configuration file for reader certificate creation samplehost.cnf - OpenSSL configuration file for reader certificate creation CreateReaderCert.sh - Script for creating reader certificate CreateClientCert.sh - Script for creating client certificate InitRootCA.sh - Script for initializing a new Root Certification Authority File contents are as follows. Refer to OpenSSL (www.openssl.org) documentation for details on configuration options. Edit configuration options to accommodate the deployment environment. Draft 2 4 - 24 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide caconfig.cnf
# Sample caconfig.cnf file for XYZ certification authority
#
# Default configuration to use when one is not provided on the command line.
#
[ ca ]
default_ca = local_ca
#
#
# Default location of directories and files needed to generate certificates.
#
[ local_ca ]
dir = . certificate = $dir/cacert.pem database = $dir/index.txt new_certs_dir = $dir/signedcerts private_key = $dir/private/cakey.pem serial = $dir/serial
#
#
# Default expiration and encryption policies for certificates.
#
default_crl_days = 365 default_days = 1825 default_md = sha1
#
policy = local_ca_policy
#
#
# Default policy to use when generating server certificates. The following
# fields must be defined in the server certificate.
#
[ local_ca_policy ]
commonName = supplied stateOrProvinceName = supplied countryName = supplied emailAddress = supplied organizationName = supplied organizationalUnitName = supplied Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 25
#
#
# The default root certificate generation policy.
#
[ req ]
default_bits = 2048 default_keyfile = ./private/cakey.pem default_md = sha1
#
prompt = no distinguished_name = root_ca_distinguished_name x509_extensions = v3_ca
#
#
# Root Certificate Authority distinguished name. Change these fields to match
# your local environment!
#
[ root_ca_distinguished_name ]
commonName = XYZ Root Certification Authority stateOrProvinceName = IL countryName = US emailAddress = ca@xyz.com organizationName = XYZ organizationalUnitName = ABC Dept
#
[ root_ca_extensions ]
basicConstraints = CA:true
[ v3_req ]
basicConstraints = CA:FALSE keyUsage = nonRepudiation, digitalSignature, keyEncipherment
[ v3_ca ]
basicConstraints = critical, CA:true, pathlen:0 nsCertType = sslCA keyUsage = cRLSign, keyCertSign extendedKeyUsage = serverAuth, clientAuth nsComment = "CA Certificate"
[ ssl_client_server ]
basicConstraints = CA:FALSE nsCertType = server, client Draft 2 4 - 26 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide keyUsage = digitalSignature, keyEncipherment extendedKeyUsage = serverAuth, clientAuth, nsSGC, msSGC nsComment = "SSL/TLS Certificate"
samplereader.cnf
#
# samplehost.cnf - customized for a reader. Edit last 4 octets after FX7500 to suit hostname of reader to which certificate is issued
#
[ req ]
prompt = no distinguished_name = FX7500123456.ds
[ FX75000657E5.ds ]
commonName = FX7500123456 stateOrProvinceName = IL countryName = US emailAddress = root@FX7500123456 organizationName = Company Name organizationalUnitName = Department Name samplehost.cnf
#
# samplehost.cnf - customized for a client that will connect to the reader's LLRP port. Edit hostname to match FQDN of client.
#
[ req ]
prompt = no distinguished_name = clienthostname.mycompany.com
[clienthostname.mycompany.com ]
commonName = CLIENTHOSTNAME stateOrProvinceName = IL countryName = US emailAddress = root@clienthostname.mycompany.com organizationName = Company Name organizationalUnitName = Department Name Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 27 InitRootCA.sh
#Initialize from current directory
#Enable definition for environment variable OPENSSL_FIPS to execute in FIPS mode on system with FIPS compliant OpenSSL build
#export OPENSSL_FIPS=1 export WORKSPACE_DIR=$( cd "$( dirname "$0" )" && pwd )
#Make sure CA key password is unique and secret export CA_KEY_PASSWORD=CA-abcd12345
#Cleanup Certificate Store folder rm -rf $WORKSPACE_DIR/CA-Certs
#Change directory to CA-Certs and create folders for certificate and key storage in myCA mkdir -p $WORKSPACE_DIR/CA-Certs cd $WORKSPACE_DIR/CA-Certs mkdir -p myCA/signedcerts mkdir -p myCA/private cd myCA
#Initialize serial number echo '01' > serial && touch index.txt
#Create CA private key and certificate export OPENSSL_CONF=$WORKSPACE_DIR/caconfig.cnf echo 'Creating CA key and certificate....'
openssl req -x509 -newkey rsa:2048 -out cacert.pem -outform PEM -days 1825 -passout pass:$CA_KEY_PASSWORD openssl x509 -in cacert.pem -out cacert.crt echo 'Test Certificate Authority Initialized. CA certificate saved in cacert.crt. Install it to trusted CA certificate store'
Draft 2 4 - 28 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide CreateReaderCert.sh
#Initialize from current directory
#Enable definition for environment variable OPENSSL_FIPS to execute in FIPS mode on system with FIPS compliant OpenSSL build
#export OPENSSL_FIPS=1 export WORKSPACE_DIR=$( cd "$( dirname "$0" )" && pwd )
#Make sure passwords are unique and secret export CA_KEY_PASSWORD=CA-abcd12345 export GENERATED_CERT_KEY_PASSWORD=abcd12345 cd $WORKSPACE_DIR/CA-Certs/myCA
#Create sample reader key and certificate export OPENSSL_CONF=$WORKSPACE_DIR/samplereader.cnf echo 'Creating reader key and certificate with its signing request ....'
openssl req -newkey rsa:1024 -keyout reader_key.pem -keyform PEM -out tempreq.pem -outform PEM
-passout pass:$GENERATED_CERT_KEY_PASSWORD
#CA now signs client certificate by processing its certificate sigining request echo 'CA Signing reader certificate....'
export OPENSSL_CONF=$WORKSPACE_DIR/caconfig.cnf openssl ca -extensions ssl_client_server -in tempreq.pem -out reader_crt.pem -passin pass:$CA_KEY_PASSWORD -batch rm -f tempreq.pem echo 'Exporting reader certificate and key to PKCS#12 format....'
openssl pkcs12 -export -out reader.pfx -inkey reader_key.pem -in reader_crt.pem -certfile cacert.crt
-passin pass:$GENERATED_CERT_KEY_PASSWORD -passout pass:$GENERATED_CERT_KEY_PASSWORD echo 'Reader certificate, key and export to PKCS#12 format (.pfx) completed.'
echo 'Note: PFX protected with password: '$GENERATED_CERT_KEY_PASSWORD Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 29 CreateClientCert.sh
#Initialize from current directory
#Enable definition for environment variable OPENSSL_FIPS to execute in FIPS mode on system with FIPS compliant OpenSSL build
#export OPENSSL_FIPS=1 export WORKSPACE_DIR=$( cd "$( dirname "$0" )" && pwd )
#Make sure passwords are unique and secret export CA_KEY_PASSWORD=CA-abcd12345 export GENERATED_CERT_KEY_PASSWORD=abcd12345 cd $WORKSPACE_DIR/CA-Certs/myCA echo 'Current dir:'$( cd "$( dirname "$0" )" && pwd )
#Create sample client key and certificate export OPENSSL_CONF=$WORKSPACE_DIR/samplehost.cnf echo 'Creating client key and certificate with its signing request ....'
openssl req -newkey rsa:1024 -keyout client_key.pem -keyform PEM -out tempreq.pem -outform PEM
-passout pass:$GENERATED_CERT_KEY_PASSWORD
#CA now signs client certificate by processing its certificate sigining request echo 'CA Signing client certificate....'
export OPENSSL_CONF=$WORKSPACE_DIR/caconfig.cnf openssl ca -in tempreq.pem -out client_crt.pem -extensions ssl_client_server -passin pass:$CA_KEY_PASSWORD -batch rm -f tempreq.pem echo 'Client key, certificate creation and signing completed. Use files client_key.pem and client_crt.pem'
Script Usage The following section illustrates how to use the previous scripts. Certification Authority Initialization Edit caconfig.cnf to change the configuration for CA if necessary. Execute CA initialization command sequence by invoking ./InitRootCA.sh. Issue Reader certificate:
Edit samplereader.cnf to update any configuration such as hostname if necessary. Execute CreateReaderCert.sh by invoking ./CreateReaderCert.sh. Issue Client certificate:
Certificate and key issued using this method can be directly used with the LLRP client. Edit samplehost.cnf to update any configuration such as hostname for the client, if necessary. Execute CreateClientCert.sh by invoking ./CreateClientCert.sh. Draft 2 4 - 30 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Read Tags Select Read Tags to view the Reader Operation window. Use this window to perform inventory on the connected antennas and view the list of inventoried tags. NOTE Enable Java JRE support on the browser in order for this window to function properly. NOTE This page is not supported when LLRP is configured in secure mode. Figure 4-19 Read Tags Window Start Inventory - Click to starts inventory operation on the connected antennas. If the there are no connected antennas, no tags in the field of view, or all the antennas are user-disabled, the Read Tags window indicates that inventory successfully started but no tags display. Stop Inventory - Stops the ongoing inventory operation. Clear Tag List - Clears the current tag list. Total Unique Tags - Indicates the number of unique tags read. The list of tags appears in a table with the following attributes for each tag:
EPC Id - Unique tag EPC ID. TagSeen Count - Number of times the tag was identified on the specific antenna. RSSI - Received Signal Strength Indication. Antenna Id - Antenna ID on which the tag is seen. FirstSeen time stamp - UTC time (in microseconds) when the tag was first seen. LastSeen time stamp - UTC time (in microseconds) when the tag was last seen. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 31 Communication Settings Select Communication to view the Configure Network Settings window. This window has tabs for Ethernet, WiFi, and Bluetooth. Each tab has options for IPV4 and IPV6. Configure Network Settings - Ethernet Tab Figure 4-20 Configure Network Settings - Ethernet Tab IPV4 Obtain IPV4 Address via DHCP - The reader supports both automatic TCP/IP configuration via DHCP and manual configuration. The DHCP button turns DHCP on and off. If DHCP is turned on, this window displays actual current values of the reader's IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, and DNS server. Because these are obtained from the DHCP server, they cannot be changed manually. If DHCP is turned off, you can set the following values for these fields. Current IPV4 Address - IP address (in dotted notation) at which the reader is assigned. IPV4 Subnet Mask - Subnet mask (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. IPV4 Default Gateway - Default gateway (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. IPV4 DNS Server - DNS server (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. MAC Address - The MAC address of the reader. NOTE You must click Commit to update the network configuration (see Save Changes.) If the Commit is not successful, the system indicates the problem and allows correcting it by repeating the operation. DHCP and IP address updates do apply until the reader is rebooted. Draft 2 4 - 32 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide IPV6 Obtain IPV6 Address via DHCP - The reader supports both automatic TCP/IPV6 configuration via DHCP and manual configuration. The DHCP button turns DHCP on and off. If DHCP is turned on, this window displays actual current values of the reader's IPV6 address, prefix length, default gateway, and DNS server. Because these are obtained from the DHCP server, they cannot be changed manually. If DHCP is turned off, you can set the following values for these fields. Current IPV6 Address - IP address (in dotted notation) at which the reader is assigned. Prefix Length - Prefix length appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. IPV6 Default Gateway - Default gateway (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. IPV6 DNS Server - DNS server (in dotted notation) appropriate for the network in which the reader resides. MAC Address - The MAC address of the reader. NOTE You must click Commit to update the network configuration (see Save Changes.) If the Commit is not successful, the system indicates the problem and allows correcting it by repeating the operation. DHCP and IP address updates do apply until the reader is rebooted. NOTE Also enable automatic configuration for IPV6 through RA packets configuration. To enable or disable RA packet configuration go to the Services window (see Services). Configure Network Settings - Wi-Fi Tab Figure 4-21 Configure Network Settings - Wi-Fi Tab IPV4 The reader supports only DHCP-based configuration for WIFI. This window displays the current values of the reader's IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, and DNS server. Since these are obtained from the DHCP server, they cannot be changed manually. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 33 IPV6 The reader supports only DHCP based configuration for WIFI. This window displays the current values of the reader's IPV6 address, prefix length, default gateway, and DNS server. Since these are obtained from the DHCP server, they cannot be changed manually. Configure Network Settings - Bluetooth Tab Figure 4-22 Configure Network Settings - Bluetooth Tab The reader supports only automatic IP configuration of the Bluetooth interface. If a Bluetooth client is connected to the reader, this window displays the current values of the reader's IPV4 address, Subnet mask, IPV6 address, and prefix length in the appropriate tabs. Because these are automatically configured for a reader, they cannot be changed manually. If a Bluetooth USB dongle is connected to the reader, you can set the following Bluetooth properties in this window:
Discoverable - Select whether the reader is seen by other Bluetooth-enabled devices on discovery. Pairable - Select whether any Bluetooth-enabled device can pair with reader. Use Passkey - Enable this option to mandate the connecting device to supply a pre-determined passkey to use for authentication while pairing. Passkey - The passkey to use for authentication. DHCP start address - The starting address of the DHCP IP range out of which an IP is assigned to the connecting device. DHCP end address - The end address of the DHCP IP range out of which an IP is assigned to the connecting device. NOTE The DHCP IP range specified using the DHCP start address and DHCP end address options also determine the IP of the Bluetooth interface of the reader. The first two octets of the IP address of the reader Bluetooth interface are taken from the IP range specified and the last two octets use the reader BD address. Draft 2 4 - 34 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Configure LLRP Settings Select LLRP to view and set the LLRP settings. By default, LLRP activates in server mode, where LLRP clients can connect to the reader using the port number specified in the Client port field. You can also configure the reader in LLRP client mode. In this case, configure the LLRP server address in this web page as well. LLRP cannot be disabled since it is the primary native protocol for RFID for the reader. Figure 4-23 Configure LLRP Settings Window This window offers the following fields:
LLRP Status - Displays the current state of the LLRP server on the reader. Indicates whether LLRP is running. Operation Mode - Sets the LLPR mode in the reader to either Server or Client. LLRP configuration options when the reader is in Server mode:
Client IP - Displays the currently connected LLRP client's IP address. If there is no LLRP client connection, this is 0.0.0.0. Client Port - Configures the LLRP listening port on the reader. The default is 5084. Connect Status - Indicates whether the client is connected. This button is grayed out if there is no client connected. If an LLRP client is connected to the reader, this button is enabled; click this button to disconnect the client. LLRP configuration options when the reader is in Client mode:
Server IP - Configures the IP address of the server to connect to. Client Port - Configures the LLRP host port to connect to. The default is 5084. Allow LLRP Connection Override (From USB IF) - This allows the reader to listen on an alternate port
(49152) on the virtual network (over USB) interface. When an LLRP client is connected over the primary interface (Ethernet and primary LLRP port), a different client can override this connection on the alternate interface (Virtual Network and alternate port 49152) if this option is enabled. This also permits overriding a connection from a primary interface over an existing connection on an alternate interface. This option is off by default. Changing this option restarts the LLRP service on the reader. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 35 Connect Status - Indicates whether the reader is connected to the LLRP host. This button toggles between ConnectLLRP and DisconnectLLRP. Clicking ConnectLLRP initiates an LLRP connection to the host server. LLRP configuration options when the reader is in Secure mode:
Security Mode - Specifies whether LLRP communicates in secure or unsecure mode. Checking Enable Secure Mode switches the LLRP port to 5085 by default. You can override the port value. LLRP in secure mode supports ciphers that are compliant with TLS1.2. Validate Peer - Specifies whether the validation of peer against the same certification authority issued certificate is required. If you select the validate peer option, the secure LLRP service on the reader allows connection for valid secure peer entities only if the certificate of the peer is issued from the same certification authority that issued the certificate for the reader. By default the reader uses self-signed certificates, and peer certificate based validation is disabled. SNMP Settings Select SNMP to view the Configure SNMP Settings window. Figure 4-24 Configure SNMP Settings Window Use this window to configure the SNMP host settings to allow sending network status events and receiving network status event notifications:
Send SNMP Trap To - Configures the host IP address to which the SNMP trap is sent. Leave this blank to send no traps to any host. SNMP Community String - SNMP community string to use for SNMP set and get. SNMP Version - SNMP version to use in the reader. Supported versions are V1 and V2c. Send Server Heartbeat - Sends a heartbeat message periodically to the configured SNMP host. NOTE Send SNMP Trap To and Send Server Heartbeat take effect immediately after clicking Set Properties. However, perform a Commit to persist the changes. The modified SNMP Community String and SNMP Version are not affected until the reader reboots. Draft 2 4 - 36 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Wireless Settings Select Wireless to view the Reader Wireless Settings Parameters window. Figure 4-25 Wireless Settings Window Use this window to set the wireless configuration on the reader. Zebra provides native support for USB WiFi adapters with the Realtek chipset RTL 8187, and tested the following adapters:
Alfa AWUS036H CCrane Versa Wifi USB Adapter II The Wireless Settings window offers the following options:
Get Details - Click to get details of the connected network, including the ESSID, signal strength, and connection status. Disconnect - Click to disconnect from a connected network. Scan and Choose Network - Scan the available networks. Clicking this lists the ESSID in the drop-down menu. If the ESSID is hidden (not broadcasted), enter the ESSID in the text box provided. Passkey - Pre-shared key for the WPA/WPA2 network. Connect Automatically - Persist network setting across reboots and automatically retain association with the configured AP. NOTE The scan function can take several seconds. All buttons on the page are disabled while the scan is in progress, and re-enabled when the scan completes. Draft 2 Network Services Settings Select Services to view the Configure Network Service Settings window. Administrator Console 4 - 37 Figure 4-26 Configure Network Service Settings Window The reader supports the following network services. Web Server - Configures the web server in either HTTP (unsecure) or HTTPS (secure) mode. Shell - Sets the shell to SSH (secure) mode or a disabled state. File Server - Sets the file server to either FTP (unsecure) or FTPS (secure) mode. Disable IPV6 Stack - Select this to disable the reader's IPV6 stack. Receive RA packets - This option is only valid when the IPV6 stack is enabled. Enable this to allow IPV6 IP configuration through RA packets; otherwise obtain the IP via DHCP in the Communication window or assign statically. NOTE You must click Commit to update the service configuration (see Save Changes.) If the Commit is not successful, the system indicates the problem and allows correcting it by repeating the operation. Draft 2 4 - 38 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide System Time Management Select Date Time to view the System Time Management window. Use this window to set the date and time value of the reader, or to specify an NTP server for the reader to synchronize with. Figure 4-27 System Time Management Window To specify an SNTP server, enter the SNTP server's IP address or name in the SNTP Server Name or IP Address box, and then click Set SNTP Parameters. You must select Commit for the change to take effect. To adjust the time manually, select the appropriate value for the user's local time, and click the Set Date and Time button. This adjusts the reader's clock to the value provided if the operation is successful. Otherwise, an appropriate message indicates the reason for the failure. You can also set the Time Zone (including use of Daylight Savings) using the drop-down menu. NOTE The date/time and time zone changes take effect immediately, and do not require a Commit. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 39 IPV6 IP Sec Select IP Sec to view the IPV6 IP Sec window. IP Sec settings allow adding IPSec pairing of the reader with a partner with a pre-shared key. Figure 4-28 IPV6 IP Sec Window To add an IP Sec entry:
1. Click the Add IP Sec Entry radio button. 2. In the IP Address field, specify the IP address of the partner with whom the IP SEC communication is intended. In the Passkey field, enter the pre-shared passkey (from 6 to 15 characters) to use with the partner IP address. In the Access Level drop-down list, select the IPSec access level. Options are Transport and Tunnel mode. Currently the reader only supports Transport mode. 3. 4. 5. Click the Add IP Sec Entry button. To delete an IP Sec entry:
1. Click Delete IP Sec Entry radio button. 2. In the IP Address field, specify the IP address of the partner with whom the IP SEC communication is configured and is to be deleted. 3. Click the Delete IP Sec Entry button. Draft 2 4 - 40 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Change Password To ensure the controlled and secured access to reader Administrator Console functions, designate which users and computers are authorized to have system access by setting up authorized user accounts. Only users logging in with a registered user name and password can successfully access Administrator Console functions. FX7500 User Accounts The FX7500 supports the different user accounts:
admin - This user has web access but no shell access, with full privileges to make changes on the reader using the Administrator Console interface and to access to the reader using the FTP interface. guest - This user has web access but no shell access, with read-only privileges in the Administrator Console and can not make configuration changes. The guest user does not need a password to log in to the Administrator Console. NOTE The Change Password function is not supported for the user guest. rfidadm - This is the reader administrator, with shell access but no Administrator Console access. rfidadm has full access to the /apps directory and read-only access to most of the other directories, including the /platform, /usr, /lib, /etc, and /bin directories. The rfidadm user can use this account to install and uninstall RFID programs and upload user applications. Select Change Password to view the Change Password window. Figure 4-29 Change Password Window To set a user password:
1. 2. In the User Name drop-down list, select the user for whom to change the password. In the Old Password field, enter the existing password for that user. In the New Password field, enter the new password, and again in the Re-Enter Password field. 3. 4. Click Change Password. The password changes immediately and does not require a Commit operation. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 41 Managing User Login and Logout Users must log in and log out of the system to ensure that system access is granted only to authorized users, and that only one user is logged in at a time to ensure that multiple users do not make conflicting changes to the system. If the user performs no action for a period of time, the system automatically logs him or her out. The user must log in again to use the Administrator Console. GPIO Select GPIO to view the GPIO Control Page. This window allows viewing and setting the status for GPI pins. Figure 4-30 GPIO Control Page Settings - Map the reader GPI and/or GPO with the radio GPIO. Select either Radio or Host for GPIx or GPOx where x = 0 or 1. An attempt to violate this condition changes the selection to either Host GPIx or Host GPOx automatically. These settings are valid for FX7500 four port readers and are disabled if not supported. Status - To set a GPO pin high or low, click on the image next to the required pin number:
Green indicates GPIO HIGH Red indicates GPIO LOW Yellow indicates GPIO unknown GPI Debounce Time - Enter a value of up to 1000 milliseconds to minimize spikes that can occur when a device connects to the GPIO port of the FX reader. The default is 50. Debounce time applies to all input pins, and pins must work independently of each other. Events and callback functions occur only after the debounce time expires, provided the pin state remains at the same level for the debounce time duration. GPIO debounce does not impact GPO and input operations when set to 0. Set Properties - Click this when all selections are made. Draft 2 4 - 42 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Applications Select Applications to view the User Application Page. This window allows installing applications on the reader and provides details of the installed application. Figure 4-31 User Application Page The Existing Packages section includes the following options:
List of Installed apps - The drop-down menu lists the current packages installed in the reader. Start/Stop - The image displays the running status as follows. Click the image to toggle the status. Green indicates application is running Red indicates application is not running AutoStart - Select this check box to run the application at startup. Uninstall - Removes the package from the reader. To create packages for the FX7500 reader, use any of the standard Debian package creation tools, or create them manually. The FX7500 Embedded SDK Programmers Guide provides details on creating application packages to install on the reader. The package must contain a binary executable compatible with ELF 32-bit LSB executable, ARM, version 1, GNU Linux. The name of the binary executable must match the name of the package, excluding the version name. For example, if the package name is package-1_2.1_all (package 1 version 2.1), the name of the binary executable must be package-1. There can be more than one binary in the package. The package must contain a startup script in the name of start_packageName.sh to start the binary or binaries in the package. For example, if the package name is package-1_2.1_all.deb (package 1 version 2.1), the name of the startup script must be start_package-1.sh. The package must contain a stop script in the name of stop_packageName.sh to stop the binary or binaries in the package. For example, if the package name is package-1_2.1_all.deb (package 1 version 2.1), the name of stop script must be stop_package-1.sh. NOTE The reader executes the packages with the privileges of rfidadm user account. See the user accounts section for information on rfidadm user privileges. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 43 Reader Profiles Select Profiles in the selection menu to view the Reader Profiles window, which shows the current profiles on the reader and allows performing profile-related operations. NOTE Because the Reader Profiles window uses an applet to connect to the reader, enable JVM support on the browser in order for this window to function properly. The window displays a set of provided configuration files, or profiles, that a user can re-use and/or modify depending on the reader application or use case. The profiles serve as configuration examples. Figure 4-32 Reader Profiles Window The Reader Profiles window functions are:
Available Profiles in the Reader - Displays the available reader profiles. Import - Click to open a file dialog and pick a profile (XML file) from the local PC and import it into the reader. Export - Select an available profile and click Export to export profile information and save an XML file onto the local drive. Set Active - Activates a selected profile. Select an available profile and click Set Active to load the profile content in the reader. CAUTION Swapping profiles between readers using static IP addresses is not recommended. Activating a profile with a static IP address changes the IP of the reader, and if not done properly can make the reader inaccessible. Delete - Select an available profile and click Delete to delete the profile. NOTE Current Config is a special logical profile that can only be exported to the PC. This cannot be imported, activated, or deleted. Only the profile name indicates that it is the active profile. Profiles can specify a number of reader parameters, including RF air link profiles. Air link profiles cannot be configured using LLRP or web page interface. See Appendix C, RF Air Link Configuration for more information about air link profile configuration. Draft 2 4 - 44 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide FIPS Support on FX7500 The FX7500 supports FIPS 140-2 Level 1 for the following interfaces:
HTTPS FTPS SSH LLRP Server IPSec To enable or disable FIPS support in the reader profile, export the profile XML (CurrentConfig) from the reader and set FIPS_MODE_ENABLED to 1 to enable FIPS, or 0 to disable FIPS. Then import the XML to the reader and activate. Changing the FIPS mode restarts the reader. By default, FIPS is disabled. Firmware Version/Update The Firmware Version window displays the current software and firmware versions and allows upgrading to new firmware. From the selection menu, click Firmware. Figure 4-33 Firmware Version Current Version indicates the binary versions currently running in the reader. Last Known Version indicates binary image versions stored in the backup partition. This window provides version information on the following firmware:
Boot Loader OS File System Reader Application LLRP Radio Firmware Radio API Select Revert Back to revert the firmware to last known version. The reader automatically reboots. This option is not enabled if the reader detects an error in the previous firmware update. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 45 Firmware Update The Firmware Update window allows upgrading to new firmware. From the selection menu, click Update. NOTE You must be logged in with Administrator privileges in order to access this window. See Change Password on page 4-40. The reader supports three different methods of updating the firmware:
Update using a USB drive. File-based update that allows uploading the firmware files from the PC (or a network location) to the reader and running the update. FTP / FTPS / SCP server-based update. For instructions on updating the firmware, see Chapter 7, Firmware Upgrade. Commit/Discard Changes made to the logical view of the reader network using the Administrator Console do not immediately apply to the reader and network connections. To apply reader configuration modifications, select Commit/Discard, then click Commit to save the changes to the reader configuration file, and to update the running physical reader network. While a successful update can take up to a minute to complete, the system continues to operate with a brief one or two second pause. Figure 4-34 Commit/Discard Window To discard changes to the server's configuration file made to the reader network during this session, click Discard. Click Factory Reset to reset the reader to factory defaults. This clears all customized user settings, including configuration, and installed applications. The reader reboots automatically. Draft 2 4 - 46 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide System Log The System Log window lists reader log information. Figure 4-35 System Log Window This window offers the following options:
Apply Filter - Select a filter option from the drop-down menu to view logs for particular process and/or severity:
None - Do not apply a filter. Minimum Severity only - The severity level filters the log. Process Selection only - Selected pre-defined processes and comma-separated process strings filters the logs. Minimum Severity & Process Selection - both severity and process selection are considered in the filter. If you select Process Selection only or Minimum Severity & Process Selection and the process string is empty with no pre-defined process selection, then the pre-defined process list filters the logs. Minimum Severity - Select the severity level on which to filter. Process Selection - Select the types of processes to filter upon. Other process - To filter for specific processes, enter the process in this text box using a comma-separated process list string with no spaces. If the log file is empty for the selected filter option, an error message appears in the log text area. Click Save to save the filter settings, which persist upon reader reboot. Log area - Select a radio button for one of the two types of log information offered:
System Log - Includes the log information generated by the reader internal instructions. This stores up to 1 MB of log information, and overwrites the oldest logs first. The log information is saved and restored on proper system reboot (via the Administrator Console). Access History - Provides a history log for reader access, including every successful access to the reader through the Administrator Console. Select the Refresh Log to refresh the information in the log, or Purge Logs to clear the information. To copy the log file to a specific location on the host select an option from the Export drop-down. Enter the location in the File Path field, then select the Export File button. Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 47 Configure System Log This window configures system log settings. If the system log host is not set (or is not valid), log messages are not sent. Figure 4-36 Configure System Log Window This window offers the following options:
Remote Log Server IP - Configures the host IP address to which log messages are sent. IP address 0.0.0.0 indicates that no host is configured. Remote Log Server Port - Remote log server listening port. The default port is 514. System Log Minimum Severity - The minimum severity above which data is stored in the log file. This option does not impact remote logging or the logs already stored in the log file. You must select Commit to activate these settings. Draft 2 4 - 48 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Reader Diagnostics Select Diagnostics to view the Reader Diagnostics window, which allows running diagnostics and viewing the diagnostics report. Figure 4-37 Reader Diagnostics Window Selecting Start Diagnostics clears the system log and displays the diagnostics report. The reader reboots when the diagnostics completes. Return to the Diagnostics window to view the diagnostics report. To export the diagnostics report to a file, on the System Log window, select Process Selection only in Apply Filter, de-select all other processes, and in the Other Process text box enter:
rmserver.elf: N-D,llrpserver.elf: N-D Draft 2 Administrator Console 4 - 49 Shutdown To protect the integrity of the reader data, gracefully reboot the reader via the Administrator Console when necessary. Figure 4-38 System Shutdown/Restart Window To shut down or restart the reader:
1. Click the Shutdown link to display the System Shutdown/Restart window. 2. Check the Please Confirm check box to accept the system shut down and/or restart the system (this may interrupt normal system operation). 3. Select one of the following options from the What do you want to do drop-down list:
Restart Reader - saves the user data and then restarts. Shut down Reader server - the reader saves the user data, stops all reader functions, and waits to be powered off. 4. Click Go. This window also provides an option to enable or disable the reader watchdog. Draft 2 4 - 50 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 CHAPTER 5 WI-FI CONFIGURATION Wireless Network Advanced Configuration FX7500 uses the wpa_supplicant application to connect with wireless networks. Advanced users can place their own configuration file in the /apps folder to connect to wireless networks. This configuration file is wpa_supplicant.conf. The parameters of this file are well documented in the public domain. Refer to http://linux.die.net/man/5/wpa_supplicant.conf for the most commonly used parameters and http://www.daemon-systems.org/man/wpa_supplicant.conf.5.html for all available parameters. Also see Appendix E, Copying Files To and From the Reader for instructions on copying files to /apps directory. If /apps/wpa_supplicant.conf is present in the reader, the reader uses this file to connect to a wireless network. This supersedes the configuration in the Administrator Console, which changes to reflect the custom configuration file. Figure 5-1 Administrator Console Update Draft 2 5 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Note that there are no text boxes in the user interface for ESSID and password. The console obtains these directly from the custom configuration file. Sample Configuration Files Wireless network with WPA2 encryption type (AP name is "DEV"):
ctrl_interface=/var/run/wpa_supplicant ctrl_interface_group=0 ap_scan=1 network={
ssid="DEV"
proto=RSN WPA key_mgmt=WPA-PSK pairwise=CCMP TKIP group=CCMP TKIP psk="my secret password"
}
Open wireless network (AP Name is DEV_Open):
ctrl_interface=/var/run/wpa_supplicant ctrl_interface_group=0 ap_scan=1 network={
ssid="DEV_Open"
key_mgmt=NONE
}
Wireless network with WEP encryption type (AP Name is WEP128):
ctrl_interface=/var/run/wpa_supplicant ctrl_interface_group=0 ap_scan=1 network={
ssid="WEP128"
key_mgmt=NONE wep_key0= "my secret password "
wep_tx_keyidx=0 priority=5
}
Draft 2 Wi-Fi Configuration 5 - 3 Configuration file with multiple network blocks:
# Simple case: WPA-PSK, PSK as an ASCII passphrase, allow all valid ciphers network={
ssid="RFID_TNV"
psk="123456789"
priority=1
}
network={
ssid="RFID_TNV_WPA/WPA2"
psk="123456789"
priority=2
}
Refer to http://linux.die.net/man/5/wpa_supplicant.conf for further examples. Draft 2 5 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Preferred Configurations for Access Points The FX7500 reader supports WPA/WPA2 (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wi-Fi_Protected_Access) and also WEP128 (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wired_Equivalent_Privacy) by default over the Administrator Console. Other supported protocols are explained in previous sections. This section provides details on the preferred configurations for access points. AP: Zebra AP 5131 Network Type: WPA/TKIP Figure 5-2 AP 5131, WPA/TKIP Create a security policy WPA and select WPA/TKIP from the Encryption menu. Enter an ASCII password between 8 and 63 characters or 64 hex characters. Select Apply and associate the ESSID with a security policy. Draft 2 Network Type: WPA2/CCMP Wi-Fi Configuration 5 - 5 Figure 5-3 AP 5131, WPA2/CCMP Create a security policy WPA2 and select WPA/TKIP from the Encryption menu. Enter an ASCII password between 8 and 63 characters or 64 hex characters. Select Apply and associate the ESSID with a security policy. Draft 2 5 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Network Type: WEP128 Figure 5-4 AP 5131, WEP128 Create a security policy WEP128 and select WEP from the Encryption menu. Enter an ASCII password between 13 characters or HEX password of 26 characters. Select Apply and associate the ESSID with a security policy. Draft 2 Open Network Wi-Fi Configuration 5 - 7 Figure 5-5 Open Network AP: Android Device Enable the wireless tethering from the settings menu. Open Network Figure 5-6 Android Device, Open Network Select Open from the Security drop-down menu and select Save. Draft 2 5 - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Network Type: WPA2 PSK Figure 5-7 Android Device, WPA2 PSK Select WPA2PSK from the Security drop-down menu and enter a password. Select Save to start the wireless hotspot. WPA PSK Figure 5-8 Android Device, WPA PSK Select WPA PSK from the Security drop-down menu and enter a password. Select Save to start the wireless hotspot. Draft 2 iPhone Wi-Fi Configuration 5 - 9 Figure 5-9 iPhone Device Select Personal Hotspot from the Settings menu and enter a password. Copying Files to the Reader See Appendix E, Copying Files To and From the Reader for instructions on copying files to /apps directory. Draft 2 5 - 10 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 CHAPTER 6 APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT Introduction The primary communication to the Zebra FX7500 RFID reader is via the LLRP protocol interface on TCP port 5084. There are two ways to develop applications for the reader:
Using the RFID3 API set included in the Zebra RFID SDK. The FX7500 reader supports host-based and embedded RFID3 APIs. Java, C SDK support via the Eclipse IDE for host-based and embedded applications. Microsoft .Net support via the Visual Studio 2005/2008 IDE for host-based applications only. Using the LLRP interface directly. Users can either use open source LLRP stacks, or develop their own LLRP stacks. The FX7500 supports host-based and embedded applications. Reference Guides The following resources can be found on http://www.zebra.com/support:
FX Series Reader Software Interface Control Guide, p/n 72E-131718-xx Programmers Guide provided with the Zebra RFID SDK. This introductory guide describes how to perform various functions using the RFID3 API set. FX7500 Embedded SDK Installation Guide provided with the Zebra RFID SDK. FX7500 Embedded SDK Programmers Guide provides instructions on creating new embedded applications. Related Documents and Software on page xi for more documentation regarding RFID API and application development. Draft 2 6 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 CHAPTER 7 FIRMWARE UPGRADE Introduction This chapter provides reader firmware update information on using the web-based Administrator Console. The following methods are available to update the firmware on the FX7500 reader. Update using a USB drive. File-based update that allows uploading the firmware files from the PC (or a network location) to the reader and running the update. FTP / FTPS / SCP server-based update. Use this procedure to update the following software components:
uboot OS Reader Server Application (includes Radio API and Radio firmware) Prerequisites The following items are required to perform the update:
Reader with power supply or POE connection Laptop (or other host computer) An Ethernet cable An FTP server Current firmware file examples:
OSUpdate.elf response.txt u-boot_X.X.X.X.bin (uBoot, X.X.X.X is a filename version) uImage_ X.X.X.X (OS, X.X.X.X is a filename variable) platform_ X.X.X.X.tar.gz (Platform partition, X.X.X.X is a filename variable) rootfs_ X.X.X.X.jffs2 (Root FileSystem, X.X.X.X is a filename variable) Refer to the release notes to determine which files were updated; not all of the files are updated in every release. Draft 2 7 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Failsafe Update FX7500 provides true failsafe firmware update. Each partition (such as OS and platform) has an active and backup partition. The firmware update process always writes the new images to the backup partition. This ensures that any power or network outages in the middle of firmware update does not prevent the reader from being operational. In the case of a firmware update failure, the power LED on the reader lights red. Update Phases The firmware update takes place in three phases:
Phase 1 - The reader application retrieves the response.txt and OSUpdate.elf files from the ftp server. Phase 2 - The reader application shuts down and the OSUpdate starts. The files referenced in the response.txt file are retrieved from the FTP server and written to flash. Phase 3 - The reader resets after all partitions update successfully. It may also update the RFID firmware if it detects a different version in the platform partition. A typical entry in the Response.txt is:
;platform partition
-t5 -fplatform_1.1.15.0.tar.gz -s8004561 -u8130879 NOTE The Application Server, Radio API, and Radio firmware code all reside in the Platform partition. The -t parameter is the file type, -f is the name of the file, and -s the size. Ensure the file size is correct.
";" comments out the rest of the line. Draft 2 Firmware Upgrade 7 - 3 Updating FX7500 Reader Software Verifying Firmware Version To verify that the FX7500 reader firmware is outdated:
1. Log into the reader. In the User Login window, enter admin in the User Name: field and enter change in the Password: field. Figure 7-1 User Login Window 2. Select Firmware on the left side panel to verify that the current version of reader software is outdated, e.g., 1.1.66. Firmware option Version number Figure 7-2 Firmware Version Window Draft 2 7 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Updating Methods Download the reader update files from http://www.zebra.com/support:, then use one of three methods to update the reader software to a later version, e.g., 1.1.45.0 or higher:
Update Using a USB Drive (Recommended) File-Based Update on page 7-6 FTP-Based Update on page 7-8 Update Using a USB Drive (Recommended) 1. Copy all reader update files into the root folder of the USB drive. Figure 7-3 USB Drive Root Folder 2. Insert the USB drive into the USB host port of the FX7500 RFID reader. Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Figure 7-4 USB Host Port Window USB Host Port Draft 2 Firmware Upgrade 7 - 5 The reader starts the update process in 5 - 7 seconds, and indicates progress as follows:
The reader continuously blinks the Power LED red. The reader blinks all four LEDs orange once. The reader Power LED remains steady orange. The reader Power LED settles to a steady green to indicate that the update is complete. Power LED Figure 7-5 Reader LEDs Draft 2 7 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide File-Based Update 1. Copy all reader update files into any folder on a host computer. Figure 7-6 Host Computer Folder 2. Log into the reader and navigate to the Firmware Update page. Figure 7-7 Firmware Update Window 3. Select File based Upload. Draft 2 4. Click on Browse and navigate to the folder that contains the firmware update files. Firmware Upgrade 7 - 7 Figure 7-8 Browsing Update Files 5. Select response.txt and click Open. 6. Click Start Update. The reader starts the update process and displays the update status as follows:
The reader continuously blinks the Power LED red. The reader blinks all 4 LEDs orange once. The reader Power LED remains steady orange. The reader Power LED settles to a steady green to indicate that the update is complete. Power LED Figure 7-9 Reader LEDs When the update completes, the reader reboots and returns to the FX7500 login screen. Draft 2 7 - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide FTP-Based Update Copy all the update files into an appropriate FTP location. 1. Log into the reader and navigate to the Firmware Update page. Figure 7-10 Firmware Update Window 2. Select FTP/FTPS Server. 3. Enter the FTP location where the files are located. 4. Enter the User Name and Password for the FTP server login. 5. Click Start Update. The reader starts the update process and displays the update status as follows:
The reader continuously blinks the Power LED red. The reader blinks all 4 LEDs orange once. The reader Power LED remains steady orange. The reader Power LED settles to a steady green to indicate that the update is complete. Power LED Figure 7-11 Reader LEDs When the update completes, the reader reboots and returns to the FX7500 login screen. Draft 2 Firmware Upgrade 7 - 9 Verifying Firmware Version To verify reader update success:
1. Log into the reader. In the User Login window, enter admin in the User Name: field and enter change in the Password: field. Figure 7-12 User Login Window 2. Select Firmware on the left side panel to verify that the current version of reader software is the new version number, e.g., 1.1.68, which indicates that the update was successful. New Version number Figure 7-13 Firmware Version Window Draft 2 7 - 10 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 CHAPTER 8 TROUBLESHOOTING Table 8-1 provides FX7500 troubleshooting information. Table 8-1 Troubleshooting Problem/Error Possible Causes Reader error LED lights after the reader is in operation. Reader error LED stays lit on power up. Cannot access the Administrator Console. The CPU cannot communicate. An error occurred during the power up sequence. User name and password is unknown. Possible Solutions Refer to the system log for error messages. Refer to the system log for error messages. The default user name is admin and the default password is change. To change the user name and password, see Communications Connections on page 3-5. Move the tag into read range. See Read Tags on page 4-30. Connect antennas. Reader is not reading tags. Cannot connect to the reader. The tag is out of its read range. Antennas are not connected. Tags are damaged. Tags are not EPCgen2. If reading with the readers web page, Java JRE 1.6 or later is not installed. The IP address is unknown. See Communications Connections on Confirm that tags are good. Confirm that tags are EPCgen2. Install Java JRE 1.6. page 3-5 to view the IP address, or use the host name to connect to the reader. Draft 2 8 - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table 8-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem/Error Certain real time applications are no longer functional. Possible Causes The node address, IP address, or other reader configuration parameter(s) were changed using the Administrator Console, and the application expects the previous configuration. The user closed the browser without logging out of the Administrator Console, so other applications cannot connect to the reader. Cannot log into Administrator Console. The user forgot the password. Unable to add SNTP server, reader returning error:
Error: Cannot find the specified Host Address Operation failed. Invalid User Name and/or Password - Try again. Session has Timed-out - Log in again. SNTP server is not reachable. SNTP server name is not resolvable via DNS server. DNS server is not reachable. A user operation did not complete, typically due to invalid input. The user name and/or password were not found in the system, or do not match the current user registry. The current session was inactive beyond the time-out period (15 minutes), so the system automatically logged out. Possible Solutions Update the settings within the application. Refer to the application manual. Log out of the Administrator Console. The applications can use the Force Login option to log in even when the user closes the browser without logging out. Force Login option is supported for the administrative user. Press and hold the reset button for more than 8 seconds. This resets the reader configuration to factory defaults, including the password. This also removes the contents of the apps partition. Ensure the SNTP server is accessible. Ensure the DNS server name is configured in TCP/IP configuration. Ensure the DNS server is accessible. Validate all inputs and retry the operation. If it is not successful, see Service Information on page xii. Accurately retype login information. If this is not successful, see Service Information on page xii. Log in again. As a security precaution to protect against unauthorized system access, always log out of the system when finished. Draft 2 Table 8-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Problem/Error User name is not correct. Not a legal IP address
(1.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255). Cannot reach the specified IP address. The SNMP Host Link is not valid. Invalid network mask. Invalid SNMP version number. Invalid description. Invalid password. Possible Causes The user name does not match the current user registry (illegal characters, too long, too short, unknown, or duplicate). User forgot the user ID. Web console supports the following users:
- Admin (default password is change)
- Guest (no password required)
- rfidadm - supported over SSH,FTP/FTPS, SCP, but not over Administrator Console. The IP address entered is either formatted inaccurately or cannot be accessed
(pinged). The network mask entered is not formatted correctly. The version number for SNMP protocol is not a supported version. The description contained invalid characters (<,>,or'). The password does not match the current user registry (illegal characters, too long, or too short). User forgot the password. The name, serial number, or IP address entered already exists in the system. Another administrator is currently logged in. Try again later. Backup configuration file does not exist. The name, serial number, or IP address entered was already used. The system does not allow more than one administrator to log in at a time. The system cannot revert to a backup configuration unless a backup file exists. Troubleshooting 8 - 3 Possible Solutions Accurately retype the user name. Reset the reader to factory defaults and select Admin for user name and enter change in the password field to regain access. See Reset to Factory Defaults LED Sequence on page 3-11. Accurately retype the IP address, and make sure the host device is connected and online. If this is not successful, see Service Information on page xii. Confirm the correct network mask from the network administrator and enter it correctly. Use version number 1 for SNMP version 1, and 2 for SNMP version 2c. Correct the description. Accurately retype the password. Reset the reader to factory defaults and select Admin for user name and enter change in the password field to regain access. See Reset to Factory Defaults LED Sequence on page 3-11. Enter a unique value for the new name, serial number, or IP address. Wait until the other administrator logs out
(or times out) before logging in or override the current session with the new one. Commit the new configuration to create a backup file. Draft 2 8 - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table 8-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Possible Causes Possible Solutions The system requires entering the password identically two times. The user requested log out prior to committing/
discarding the changes made during the session. The system requires entering a new password
(different from the existing password) during the Change Password operation. The system requires entering the existing password during the Change Password operation. A specific error message is missing for the given status code. The system experienced an internal web server error. The system does not permit executing a proxy program from the command line rather than the web server. The system cannot accept an incorrectly formatted HTTP POST request (from an unsupported browser application). The system stopped a POST operation before completion. The system generated an unexpected value. Error during receive of command. Accurately retype the password twice. Select one of the Commit/Discard options. Enter a password that is different from the existing password. Accurately retype the existing password. Note the code number, and contact Zebra support. See Service Information on page xii. Contact Zebra support. See Service Information on page xii No action required. The system is reporting that this action is not permitted. Use a GET request instead, or update the software. Retry the operation, and allow it to complete. Contact Zebra support. See Service Information on page xii. Contact Zebra support. See Service Information on page xii. Problem/Error Failed to confirm the new password. Network configuration change(s) have not been saved. New password is the same as the old one. Old password is not correct. Unspecified error occurred -
code: ####
The requested page was not found. Internal Web Server Error. Request method was NULL. No query string was provided. Content length is unknown. Couldn't read complete post message. Unhandled reply type. Failed to open port. Failed to connect. Failed to transmit. Failed to receive. Error during Receive of Command. Draft 2 Table 8-1 Troubleshooting (Continued) Troubleshooting 8 - 5 Problem/Error Invalid Device Address. Command parsing state error. Missing argument for the command. Command internal type cast error. Missing operator. Unknown operator. The action must be confirmed. Invalid network adapter when navigating to the Bluetooth configuration page. Wireless scan error. Unable to connect to the wireless network. Wireless connection is complete, but no IP address. OS update in progress. Cannot change password. Possible Causes Possible Solutions The device address information (parent) is invalid, missing, or formatted inaccurately. A command was formatted inaccurately. Contact Zebra support. See Service Information on page xii. Contact Zebra support. See Service Information on page xii. The user must confirm the requested action before it is executed. The Bluetooth dongle is not plugged in or not supported. Wireless dongle is not plugged in or not supported. Access point is off or unreachable. Encryption type is not supported in the access point. The wireless page displays Adapter not found. No DHCP server is running in the network. Firmware update on the reader is ongoing. The current operation is not permitted. Cannot change password for guest. Select the confirmation option when issuing this request. Plug in a supported Bluetooth dongle and refresh the browser. Plug in a supported wireless dongle and repeat the wireless scan. Turn on the access point and make sure it is accessible. Use one of the following supported encryption types: WEP128, WPA/WPA2 and Open. Connect the wireless adapter to the reader. Add a DHCP server to the network. Wait for the firmware update to complete and then retry the operation. Guest does not need a password to log in to the Administrator Console. NOTE If problems still occur, contact the distributor or call the local contact. See page xii for contact information. Draft 2 8 - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 APPENDIX A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FX7500 Kits KT-FX75004US-01 4-Port US Reader Kit FX7500-42310A30-US (4-port US reader) AN480-CL66100WR (wide-band AN-480 antenna) BRKT-70661-01R (antenna mounting bracket) CBLRD-1B4001800R (15-foot RF cable) 50-14000-159R (power supply) 23844-00-00R (US power cord) KT-FX75002US-01 2-Port US Reader Kit FX7500-22310A30-US (2-port US reader) AN480-CL66100WR (wide-band AN-480 antenna) BRKT-70661-01R (antenna mounting bracket) CBLRD-1B4001800R (15-foot RF cable) 50-14000-159R (power supply) 23844-00-00R (US power cord) KT-FX75004WR-01 4-Port Global Reader Kit FX7500-42315A30-US (4-port global reader) AN480-CL66100WR (wide-band AN-480 antenna) BRKT-70661-01R (antenna mounting bracket) CBLRD-1B4001800R (15-foot RF cable) 50-14000-159R (power supply) Draft 2 A - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide KT-FX75002WR-01 2-Port Global Reader Kit FX7500-22315A30-US (2-port global reader) AN480-CL66100WR (wide-band AN-480 antenna) BRKT-70661-01R (antenna mounting bracket) CBLRD-1B4001800R (15-foot RF cable) 50-14000-159R (power supply) Technical Specifications The following tables summarize the RFID reader intended operating environment and technical hardware specifications. Table A-1 Technical Specifications Item FX Physical and Environmental Characteristics Dimensions Weight Base Material Visual Status Indicators Mounting FX Environmental Specifications Operational Temperature Storage Temperature Humidity Shock and Vibration Connectivity Communications General Purpose I/O Power Antenna Ports 7.7 in. L x 5.9 in. W x 1.7 in. D
(19.56 cm L x 14.99 cm W x 4.32 cm D) 1.9 lbs 0.1 lbs (0.86 kg +/- 0.05 kg) Die cast aluminum, sheet metal and plastic Multi-color LEDs: Power, Activity, Status, and Applications Keyhole and standard VESA (75 mm x 75 mm)
-4 to +131 F / -20 to +55 C
-40 to +158 F / -40 to +70 C 5 to 95% non-condensing MIL-STD-810G 10/100 BaseT Ethernet (RJ45) w/ POE support USB Client (Type B), USB Host (Type A) 2 inputs, 3 outputs, optically isolated (terminal block) External 12V ~ 48 VDC power available for GPIO POE or POE+
12 VDC to 48 VDC, or 24 VDC Universal Power Supply FX 7500-2: 2 mono-static ports (reverse polarity TNC) FX 7500-4: 4 mono-static ports (reverse polarity TNC) Draft 2 Table A-1 Technical Specifications (Continued) Item FX Technical Specifications A - 3 Hardware/OS and Firmware Management Memory Operating System Firmware Upgrade Management Protocols Network Services Network Stack Security Air Protocols Frequency (UHF Band) Flash 512 MB; DRAM 256 MB Linux Web-based and remote firmware upgrade capabilities RM 1.0.1 (with XML over HTTP/HTTPS and SNMP binding) DHCP, HTTPS, FTPS, SFPT, SCP, SSH, HTTP, FTP, SNMP and NTP IPv4, IPv6 Transport Layer Security Ver. 1.2, FIPS 140-2 Level 1 EPCglobal UHF Class 1 Gen2, ISO 18000-6C Global Reader: 902 MHz to 928 MHz (Maximum, supports countries that use a part of this band) 865 MHz to 868 MHz US (only) Reader: 902 MHz to 928 MHz 10dBm to +31.5dBm (POE+, 12V ~ 48V External DC, Universal 24 VDC Power Supply;
+10dBm to +30.0dBm (POE)
-82dBm Static and Dynamic LLRP v1.0.1 Host Applications .NET, C and Java EMDK;
Embedded Applications C & Java SDK Transmit Power Output Receive Sensitivity IP Addressing Host Interface Protocol API Support Warranty The FX7500-4 and FX7500-2 are warranted against defects in workmanship and materials for a period of one year (12 months) from date of shipment, provided the product remains unmodified and is operated under normal and proper conditions. For the complete Zebra hardware product warranty statement, go to:
http://www.zebra.com/warranty Recommended Services Support Services Advanced Services Service from the Start Advance Exchange On-Site System Support Support RFID Design and Deployment Services Draft 2 A - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Cable Pinouts 10/100bT Ethernet / POE Connector The 10/100BT Ethernet / POE connector is an RJ45 receptacle. This port complies with the IEE 802.3af specification for Powered Devices. Figure A-1 Ethernet Connections Table A-2 10/100bT Ethernet / POE Connector Pinout Pin Pin Name Direction Description POE Mode A Function POE Mode B Function Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 TX-P TX-N RX-P NC NC RX_N NC NC O O I
-
-
I
-
-
TX Data Positive TX Data Negative RX Data Positive No Connect No Connect RX Data Negative No Connect No Connect Positive Vport Positive Vport Negative Vport Negative Vport Positive Vport Positive Vport Negative Vport Negative Vport Draft 2 Technical Specifications A - 5 USB Client Connector The USB Client port is supplied on a USB Type B connector. Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 1 Pin 4 Figure A-2 USB Client Connector Table A-3 USB Client Port Connector Pinout Direction Pin Name Pin Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 5.0V_USB USB_DN USB_DP GND I I/O I/O
-
Description 5.0V USB Power Rail Data Negative Data Positive Ground USB Host Connector The USB Host port is supplied on a USB Type A flag connector. Pin 4 Pin 1 Figure A-3 USB Host Connector (J22) Table A-4 USB Host Port Connector (J22) Pinout Pin Pin Name Direction Description Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 V_USB USBH_DN USBH_DP GND I I/O I/O
-
5.0V USB Power Rail Data Negative Rail Data Positive Rail Ground Draft 2 A - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide GPIO Port Connections These plug terminal block types allow connecting and disconnecting individual wires independently. A single connector is used for both inputs and outputs. See Table A-5 for pin descriptions. Pin 1 Pin 8 Figure A-4 FX7500 RFID Reader GPIO Connection Table A-5 GPIO Pin Outs Pin Name
+24V DC Power GP output #1 GP output #2 GP output #3 GND GP input #1 GP input #2 GND Pin #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 O O O O
-
I I
-
Direction Description Supplies +24V DC at up to 1 Amp Signal for GP output #1 Signal for GP output #2 Signal for GP output #3 Ground connection Signal for GP input #1 Signal for GP input #2 Ground connection Draft 2 APPENDIX B STATIC IP CONFIGURATION Introduction This appendix describes three methods of setting the static IP address on an FX7500 RFID Reader. Reader IP Address or Host Name is Known - Set the Static IP Using the Web Console 1. Browse the device using the host name, e.g., FX7500CD3B1E. 2. Log onto the device. Figure B-1 Reader Administration Console Login Window 3. Click Communication. Draft 2 B - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 4. Set Obtain IP Address via DHCP to Off and enter all required information. Figure B-2 Reader Communication Parameters Window 5. Click Set Properties. You can set a static IP that doesn't belong to this DHCP network. 6. Click Commit/Discard, then click the Commit button. Figure B-3 Commit/Discard Window 7. The message Reader IP Address config has changed. Needs reader reboot to take effect appears. Reset the device and use the reader with the static IP network. Draft 2 Static IP Configuration B - 3 Reader IP is Not Known (DHCP Network Not Available) - Set the Static IP Using the Web Console 1. Connect the device and a PC running Windows XP to the same network that doesn't have a DHCP server, or connect the device directly to the PC. 2. Ensure both the device and PC Ethernet jack use at least one LED to indicate network connection detect. 3. If the PC uses an assigned static IP, update it to use DHCP. The PC obtains an IP that starts with 169. Figure B-4 Obtain IP Address 4. When possible, ping the host name of the device. Figure B-5 Ping the Host Name 5. Use a browser to connect to the device with the host name, e.g., FX7500CD3B1E, or use the IP address obtained from ping replies (e.g. 169.254.62.74). 6. Log onto the device. 7. Click Communication. Draft 2 B - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 8. Set Obtain IP Address via DHCP to Off and enter all required information. Figure B-6 Reader Communication Parameters Window 9. Click Set Properties. 10. Click Commit/Discard, then click the Commit button. Figure B-7 Commit/Discard Window 11. The message Reader IP Address config has changed. Needs reader reboot to take effect appears. Reset the device and use the reader with the static IP network. Draft 2 APPENDIX C RF AIR LINK CONFIGURATION Introduction This appendix lists the different air link configurations supported. The air link configuration is available through LLRP and RFID3 API interfaces. Radio Modes The supported modes are exposed as a list of individual UHFC1G2RfModeTableEntry parameters in regulatory capabilities as shown in Table C-1 and Table C-2. The Mode Index column refers to the index used to walk the C1G2UHFRFModeTable. Refer to the EPCglobal Low Level Reader Protocol (LLRP) Standard. Table C-1 Radio Modes for FCC Readers RF Mode Index Divide Ratio BDR Value M Value M2=2, FM0=1, M4=4, M8=8 FLM Value PIE Value Min Tari Max Tari Step Tari Spectral Mask Indica-
tor**
EPC HAG T&C Conform-
ance 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 640000 640000 120000 120000 120000 120000 128000 128000 128000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
*RF Mode 23 is the automac air link profile which is also the default.
**Spectral mask indicator may vary for certain Tari values. Detailed information is available upon request. PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense 6250 6250 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 6250 6250 25000 12500 25000 12500 25000 12500 25000 0 0 0 2100 0 2100 0 2100 0 false false false false false false false false false 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Draft 2 C - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table C-1 Radio Modes for FCC Readers (Continued) RF Mode Index Divide Ratio BDR Value M Value M2=2, FM0=1, M4=4, M8=8 FLM Value PIE Value Min Tari Max Tari Step Tari Spectral Mask Indica-
tor**
EPC HAG T&C Conform-
ance 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 128000 160000 160000 60000 60000 60000 60000 64000 64000 64000 64000 80000 80000 variable 320000 320000 30000 30000 30000 30000 32000 32000 32000 32000 40000 40000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
*23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
*RF Mode 23 is the automac air link profile which is also the default.
**Spectral mask indicator may vary for certain Tari values. Detailed information is available upon request. 12500 2 12500 2 12500 2 25000 4 12500 4 25000 4 12500 4 25000 4 12500 4 25000 4 12500 4 12500 4 4 12500 variable PR_ASK variable 6250 12500 1 1 12500 25000 8 12500 8 8 25000 12500 8 8 25000 12500 8 25000 8 8 12500 12500 8 8 12500 Dense 2100 Dense 2100 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 2100 2100 Dense variable variable Dense 2100 2100 Dense Dense 0 Dense 2100 0 Dense Dense 2100 0 Dense Dense 2100 Dense 0 2100 Dense Dense 2100 2100 Dense PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 23000 18800 18800 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 18800 18800 25000 18800 18800 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 18800 18800 false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false Draft 2 RF Air Link Configuration C - 3 Table C-2 Radio Modes for ETSI Readers RF Mode Index Divide Ratio BDR Value M Value M2=2, FM0=1, M4=4, M8=8 FLM Value PIE Value Min Tari Max Tari Step Tari Spectral Mask Indica-
tor**
EPC HAG T&C Conform-
ance 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
*21 22 23 24 25 26 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 120000 120000 120000 120000 128000 128000 128000 128000 160000 160000 60000 60000 60000 60000 64000 64000 64000 64000 80000 80000 variable 320000 320000 30000 30000 30000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 25000 2 12500 2 25000 2 12500 2 25000 2 12500 2 25000 2 12500 2 12500 2 12500 2 25000 4 12500 4 25000 4 12500 4 25000 4 12500 4 25000 4 12500 4 12500 4 12500 4 variable PR_ASK variable 12500 12500 1 1 12500 25000 8 8 12500 25000 8 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 18800 18800 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 18800 18800 25000 18800 18800 25000 23000 25000 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 2100 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 0 Dense 2100 Dense 2100 Dense 2100 variable variable Dense 2100 2100 Dense Dense 0 2100 Dense Dense 0 false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false
*RF Mode 21 is the automac air link profile which is also the default.
**Spectral mask indicator may vary for certain Tari values. Detailed information is available upon request. Draft 2 C - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Table C-2 Radio Modes for ETSI Readers (Continued) RF Mode Index Divide Ratio BDR Value M Value M2=2, FM0=1, M4=4, M8=8 FLM Value PIE Value Min Tari Max Tari Step Tari 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 64/3 30000 32000 32000 32000 32000 40000 40000 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 2000 PR_ASK 1500 PR_ASK 2000 12500 25000 12500 25000 12500 12500 12500 23000 25000 23000 25000 23000 18800 18800 2100 0 2100 0 2100 2100 2100 Spectral Mask Indica-
tor**
Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense Dense EPC HAG T&C Conform-
ance false false false false false false false
*RF Mode 21 is the automac air link profile which is also the default.
**Spectral mask indicator may vary for certain Tari values. Detailed information is available upon request. Draft 2 APPENDIX D CONNECTING WI-FI AND BLUETOOTH DONGLES Introduction This appendix describes how to connect to a wireless network using a USB Wi-Fi dongle on the FX7500, and how to connect to a peer device over Bluetooth using a USB Bluetooth dongle. Connecting to a Wireless Network Using a Wi-Fi Dongle To connect to a wireless network using a USB Wi-Fi dongle on the FX7500:
1. Plug the supported wireless dongle into the USB host port on the FX7500. Supported dongles are:
Wi-Fi over USB adapters with Realtek chipset RTL 8187 The following devices were tested:
Alfa AWUS036H, visit http://www.alfa.com.tw/in/front/bin/ptlist.phtml?Category=10541 CCrane Versa Wifi USB Adapter II, visit http://www.ccrane.com/antennas/wifi-antennas/versa-wifi-usb-adapter-II.aspx Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Figure D-1 USB Host Port Location for Dongle USB Host Port Draft 2 D - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 2. To confirm that the Wi-Fi dongle is detected properly, log in to the reader Administrator Console. On the Home page ensure the USB Port Status displays Device Connected. Hover the mouse pointer over this link to display the WiFi dongle information shown in Figure D-2. Figure D-2 Wi-Fi Dongle Connected 3. Select Communication > Wireless. Figure D-3 Wireless Settings The WiFi dongle can connect to the wireless network in one of two ways:
Manually entering the ESSID (if known). Scanning the current list of APs and choosing the correct one to connect to. Draft 2 Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles D - 3 4. Once the APs are scanned, enter the appropriate passkey and enable Connect Automatically (if required to connect to the AP automatically if the connection is lost). Figure D-4 Entering Connect Information 5. Select Connect. When the connection to the AP succeeds, an IP is assigned and appears in the IP Address field. Figure D-5 Assigned IP Address The reader is now accessible using the wireless IP shown in the IP Address field (157.235.207.24 in this case). The WiFi interface supports dynamic addressing mechanisms for both IPV4 and IPv6. There is no provision to set a static IP address. For wireless IP address details, select Communication > Wi-Fi tab. Draft 2 D - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Figure D-6 Wi-Fi Tab - IPV4 The reader can also be accessed via Wi-Fi using an IPV6 address if supported by the network to which the API is connected. Figure D-7 Wi-Fi Tab - IPV6 Draft 2 Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles D - 5 Connecting to a Peer Device over Bluetooth Using a Bluetooth Dongle To connect to a peer device over Bluetooth using a USB Bluetooth dongle on the FX7500:
1. Plug the supported Bluetooth dongle into the USB host port on the FX7500. The following Bluetooth dongles are supported on the FX7500:
Asus Mini Bluetooth Dongle USB-BT211. MediaLink Bluetooth Dongle MUA-BA3. Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC Figure D-8 USB Host Port Location for Dongle USB Host Port 2. To confirm that the Bluetooth dongle is detected properly, log in to the reader Administrator Console. On the Home page ensure the USB Port Status displays Device Connected. Hover the mouse pointer over this link to display the Bluetooth dongle information. Figure D-9 Bluetooth Dongle Connected 3. Select Communication > Bluetooth. Draft 2 D - 6 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide 4. Change the Discoverable and Pairable properties to On. Figure D-10 Changing Discoverable and Pairable Properties 5. Optionally select Use Passkey and enter a passkey to validate the Bluetooth connection. The default passkey for the FX7500 is 0000. 6. Discover the reader from a Bluetooth-enabled device (such as a laptop). Use the host name to identify the reader among the discovered devices (e.g., FX7500060C17). 7. After a successful connection, right-click the reader icon (e.g., FX7500060C17) in the list of Bluetooth devices and select Connect using > Ad hoc network. This establishes the network connection for later. Figure D-11 Connecting to the Reader 8. The IP address assigned to the Bluetooth interface is 192.168.XX.XX. The last 2 octets are the last 2 octets of the Bluetooth MAC address (found in the Properties window on the PC once the Bluetooth Draft 2 Connecting Wi-Fi and Bluetooth Dongles D - 7 connection is established). Also find this in the Communication > Bluetooth page. Both IPV4 and IPV6 based IP address are supported for adhoc Bluetooth connection between the reader and the client. Figure D-12 Communication Bluetooth Tab 9. Open the web page or sample application to connect to the Bluetooth IP (192.168.67.21 in Figure D-12) and read tags. Draft 2 D - 8 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 APPENDIX E COPYING FILES TO AND FROM THE READER Introduction The FX7500 reader supports the SCP, FTP, and FTPS protocols for copying files. The following examples illustrate SCP use:
scp SourceFileName rfidadm@MyReaderIP:/apps scp rfidadm@MyReaderIP:/apps/SourceFileName userid@MyLinuxMachineIP:/MyFolderName SCP FTP The following examples illustrate FTP use:
ftp> open To 157.235.207.146 Connected to 157.235.207.146. 220 Welcome to Thredbo FTP service. User (157.235.207.146:(none)): rfidadm 331 Please specify the password. Password:
230 Login successful. ftp>
Use FTP commands such as is, get, and put to manage files. For more information on FTP commands refer to http://www.cs.colostate.edu/helpdocs/ftp.html. GUI applications such as FileZilla are also supported on Windows and Linux machines to connect to the FX7500. Draft 2 E - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide FTPS Use any standard GUI tool such as FileZilla to connect to the FX7500 reader over FTPS. Draft 2 APPENDIX F DATA PROTECTION Introduction The FX7500 stores data in transition when it detects a network condition that prevents the reader from sending data. This applies to RFID tag data that the reader application is transmitting to the outbound TCP socket, and is no longer owned by the RFID application because it was sent to the network layer for transmission. When the reader cannot queue RFID data in the outbound TCP socket when an LLRP connection is already established, it stores all outbound LLRP messages in the data protection queue. The queue can store up to 66,000 messages, which represents more than 5 minutes worth of data when reading 200 tags/second (the nominal data rate in DRM (dense reader mode) configuration). If the network is still unavailable when the data protection queue is full, the oldest messages are discarded to accommodate the most recent tag reports. This feature can not be disabled and operates regardless of the physical network interface used, meaning RFID data over WiFi and Bluetooth is also protected. Draft 2 F - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide Draft 2 INDEX Numerics 10/100BaseT Ethernet . 1-2, 2-4, 2-5 2-port reader . 2-4 4-port reader . 2-4 B backup . 2-7 bluetooth . D-5 connecting . D-5 A administrator console . 4-1 applications . 4-42 committing changes . 4-45 communication settings . 4-31 configure network services . 4-37 configure network settings . 4-31, 4-32, 4-33 configuring system log . 4-47 discarding changes . 4-45 firmware version . 4-44, 4-45 GPIO . 4-41 IPV6 sec . 4-39 login . 4-6 main screen . 4-9 managing login . 4-41 reader diagnostics . 4-48 reader profiles . 4-43 scan control . 1-6, 4-30 set password . 4-40 setting date and time . 4-38 shutting down . 4-49 status . 4-10 system log . 4-46 air link . C-1 antennas . 2-2 configuring . 4-18 installing . 3-4 ports . 1-2, 2-4, 2-5 applications . 4-42 C cable pinouts . A-4 ethernet . A-4 GPIO . A-6 USB . A-5 USB client . A-5 USB host . A-5 chapter descriptions . x client applications . 2-7 commit region change . 1-5 committing changes . 4-45 communication . 2-5 ethernet, wired . 3-5 communication settings . 4-31 configurations . ix configure administrator console . 2-7 antenna . 4-18 LLRP . 4-34 read points . 4-17, 4-18 reader . 4-16 region . 4-19 SNMP . 4-35 static IP . B-1 static IP via web console . B-1, B-3 wireless . 4-36 configuring network bluetooth . 4-33 ethernet . 4-31 services . 4-37 Draft 2 Index - 2 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide wi-fi . 4-32 connecting to reader . 4-3 via bluetooth . D-5 via host name . 4-3 via IP address . 4-4 via wi-fi . D-1 connection . 2-7 antennas . 3-4 communication . 3-5 port diagram . 2-4 ports . 2-4 powering . 3-10 wired ethernet . 3-5 conventions notational . xi copying files . E-1 country list . 1-5, 4-7 D data protection . F-1 date . 4-38 deployments . 4-2 discarding changes . 4-45 E ethernet Bias-T port connection . 3-6 pinouts . A-4 POE . 3-5 port . 2-5 setup . 3-5 wired . 3-5 event management, tags . 2-7 event statistics . 4-14 F files copying . E-1 filtering, tags . 2-7 firmware updating . 2-7 version . 4-44, 4-45 firmware update . 4-44, 4-45, 7-3 prerequisites . 7-1 first time login . 1-3, 4-6 FTP copying files . E-1 FTPS copying files . E-2 G GPIO . 1-2, 2-4 pinouts . A-6 port . 2-5 GPIO control . 4-41 H host communication ethernet, wired . 3-5 host name connect . 1-2 I information, service . xii initiating reads . 1-6, 4-30 installation antennas . 3-4 communication connection . 3-5 mounting . 3-2 powering . 3-10 IP address . 4-5 IP ping . 4-5 K kill tag . 2-7 kits . 2-4, A-1 L LEDs . 2-5 LLRP . 2-7 configure . 4-34 radio modes . C-1, C-3 lock tag . 2-7 log . 4-46 configuring . 4-47 logging . 2-7 login . 4-6 first time . 4-6 managing . 4-41 M mono-static . 2-3 mounting . 3-2 mounting plate . 3-2 multiple reader deployments . 4-2 Draft 2 N NXP statistics . 4-13, 4-15 O obtain reader IP address . 4-5 P Password . 1-3, 7-3, 7-9 password . 1-3, 4-6, 7-3, 7-9 changing . 4-40 pinouts . A-4 ethernet . A-4 GPIO . A-6 USB . A-5 USB client . A-5 USB host . A-5 POE . 1-2, 2-4, 2-5, 3-5, 3-10, A-4 ports . 2-4 descriptions . 2-5 ethernet . 3-5 power . 1-2, 2-4 AC power supply . 3-10 applying . 3-10 options . 3-10 POE . 3-5, 3-10 port . 2-5 profiles . 4-43 R read points . 4-17, 4-18 reader configuration . 4-16 configurations . ix connecting . 4-3 description . 2-2 GEN2 statistics . 4-12 kits . 2-4, A-1 profiles . 4-43 statistics . 4-11 event . 4-14 NXP . 4-13, 4-15 status . 4-10 versions . 2-4 reading tags . 2-7, 3-12 initiating . 1-6, 4-30 rear panel . 1-2, 2-4 reboot . 4-2 recovery . 2-7 region . 4-7 Index - 3 region configuration . 4-19 region control . 4-7 region setting . 1-4 region settings . 1-4 reset . 1-2, 2-4, 2-5 RFID FX reader . 2-3 overview . 2-1 RFID components . 2-2 antennas . 2-2 readers . 2-2 tags . 2-2 RJ45 . 2-5 S SCP copying files . E-1 service information . xii set region . 1-4, 4-7 setting date . 4-38 setting time . 4-38 setup POE . 3-10 power supply . 3-10 wired ethernet . 3-5 wired ethernet AC outlet . 3-5 wired ethernet, power-over . 3-5 shutdown . 4-49 SNMP . 2-7 configure . 4-35 software update . 7-3 specifications . A-2 start-up . 1-3 static IP configuration . B-1 via web console . B-1, B-3 Statistics . 4-14 statistics . 4-11 event . 4-14 GEN2 . 4-12 NXP . 4-13, 4-15 status . 4-10 system log . 4-46 configuring . 4-47 system time . 4-38 T tags . 2-2 management . 2-7 reading . 3-12, 4-30 technical specifications . A-2 time . 4-38 troubleshooting . 8-1 Draft 2 Index - 4 FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide U unpacking . 3-1 updating firmware . 2-7, 4-44, 4-45, 7-3 prerequisites . 7-1 updating software . 7-3 USB . 1-2, 2-4, 7-4 client pinouts . A-5 host pinouts . A-5 pinouts . A-5 user ID . 4-6 user name . 1-3, 7-3, 7-9 user password . 4-6 V version control . 4-44, 4-45 W wi-fi . D-1 connecting . D-1 wired ethernet . 3-5 wireless configure . 4-36 write tag . 2-7 Z zero-configuration networking . 4-5 Draft 2 Draft 2 Zebra Technologies Corporation Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A. http://www.zebra.com Zebra and the stylized Zebra head are trademarks of ZIH Corp., registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2016 Symbol Technologies LLC, a subsidiary of Zebra Technologies Corporation. All rights reserved. MN000026A04 Revision A - July 2016 Draft 2
1 2 3 4 | Quick Start Guide | Users Manual | 901.32 KiB | December 11 2013 |
FX7500 RFID READER QUICK START GUIDE 2013 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Motorola reserves the right to make changes to any product to improve reliability, function, or design. Motorola does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any product, circuit, or application described herein. No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any patent right or patent, covering or relating to any combination, system, apparatus, machine, material, method, or process in which Motorola products might be used. An implied license exists only for equipment, circuits, and subsystems contained in Motorola products. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Motorola Solutions, Inc. One Motorola Plaza Holtsville, N.Y. 11742-1300 http://www.motorolasolutions.com Motorola Solutions, Inc. One Motorola Plaza Holtsville, New York 11742, USA 1-800-927-9626 http://www.motorolasolutions.com MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 2013 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. MN000070A01 Revision A November 2013 Introduction FX7500 Series readers provide real time, seamless tag processing for EPC Class1 Gen2 compliant tags. This Quick Start Guide provides information about installing and connecting the reader. For more information refer to the FX Series RFID Readers Integrator Guide, available at http://www.motorolasolutions.com/support Reader Installation 1. Unpack the reader. 2. Set up the reader and tags on a desktop. 3. Connect the antenna to antenna Port 1. Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPI Antenna Port 1 4. Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port. Connecting the reader to a subnet that supports DHCP is recommended. This installation procedure is not guaranteed to work if DHCP is disabled in the reader and if the reader is connected directly to a PC. Connecting to the Reader To connect via host name:
1. Open a browser. Recommended browsers are Recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. 2. Enter the host name, provided on a label on the reader, in the browser
(e.g., http://fx7500cd3b0d) and press Enter. The User Login window appears and the reader is ready. NOTE Connect the reader to a network that supports host name registration and lookup to ensure the network can access the reader using the host name. For instance, some networks can register hostnames through DHCP. When first connecting to the reader, it is recommended to keep DHCP enabled in both the PC and in the reader, although it is not guaranteed that host name will work all the time. As an alternative to using the host name on the reader label, construct it using the reader MAC address on the bottom of the reader. To do this, enter the prefix FX7500, followed by the last six characters of the MAC address. For example, for a MAC address of 0023683BA63A, use the prefix FX7500, followed by 3BA63A. Enter http://FX75003BA63A in the browser address bar to access the reader. Additional Information Following are links to additional information and software:
Product Manuals:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/support/fx7500 This page includes the following guides:
- FX7500 RFID Reader Quick Start Guide (p/n MN000070xxx)
- FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide (p/n MN000026xxx)
- RFID Reader Software Interface Control Guide (p/n 72E-131718-xx)
- RFID Demo Applications User Guide (p/n 72E-160038-xx) Data Sheet: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/FX7500 PowerSession and other related software:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/support/fx7500 Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC 10/100BaseT Ethernet Port
(with POE) Power 5. Connect the AC power supply to a power outlet and connect to the power port. NOTE This step is not required for networks supporting Power-over-Ethernet (POE). The green power LED remains lit after successful installation. Regulatory Information This provides information for the Motorola, FX series RFID Reader products, Regulatory Model No: FX7500. For information on setting up and using the reader, refer to the FX Series RFID Reader Integration Guide at www.motorolasolutions.com/support. All Motorola devices are designed to be compliant with rules and regulations in locations they are sold and will be labeled as required. Regulatory information is available from:
www.motorolasolutions.com/support. Motorola devices must be0 professionally installed. The Radio Frequency Output Power will not exceed the maximum allowable limit for the country of operation. Any changes or modifications to Motorola equipment, not expressly approved by Motorola, could void the authority to operate the equipment. Regulatory Certification The device is compliant with the following values and antenna characteristics:
FX7500 Max Conducted RF Power at Antenna Input Max Antenna Gain Allowed Max Radiated Power Allowed Antenna Type EU
+29.2 dBm
+5.5 dBiL 2W ERP N/A US
+ 30.0 dBm
+ 6 dBiL 4W EIRP Circularly Polarized Plate Antennas When using antennas not supplied by Motorola, the antennas must comply with all of the appropriate specifications and criteria listed in the Regulatory Certification table. Country Approvals Regulatory markings are applied to the device signifying the radio(s) are approved for use in the following countries: United States, Canada and Europe. Local language translations are available at: www.motorolasolutions.com/support. Please refer to the Motorola Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for details of other country markings. This is available at: http://www.motorola.com/doc. Brasil: Declaraes Regulamentares para FX7500 - Brasil Nota: A marca de certificao se aplica ao Transceptor, modelo FX7500. Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Para maiores informaes sobre ANATEL consulte o site: www.anatel.gov.br CHILE:Este equipo cumple con la Resolucin No 403 de 2008, de la Subsecretaria de telecomunicaciones, relativa a radiaciones electromagnticas. Korea Warning Statement for Class B ITE
(B )
, . B
( ) Taiwan 1 2 3 Operation of the device without regulatory approval is illegal. Ukraine This equipment corresponds to requirements of the Technical Regulation No. 1057, 2008 on restrictions as to the use of some dangerous substances in electric and electronic devices. Health and Safety Recommendations Warning for Use of Wireless Devices Please observe all warning notices with regard to the usage of wireless devices. Potentially Hazardous Atmospheres You are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio devices in fuel depots, chemical plants etc. and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles
(such as grain, dust, or metal powders). Safety in Hospitals Wireless devices transmit radio frequency energy and may affect medical electrical equipment. When installed adjacent to other equipment, it is advised to verify that the adjacent equipment is not adversely affected. Use With Hearing Aids When some wireless devices are used near some hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants), users may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise, and wireless devices also vary in the amount of interference they generate. In the event of interference you may want to consult your hearing aid supplier to discuss solutions. Other Medical Devices Please consult your physician or the manufacturer of the medical device, to determine if the operation of your wireless product may interfere with the medical device. FCC / EU RF Exposure Guidelines Safety Information Reducing RF Exposure - Use Properly Only operate the device in accordance with the instructions supplied. International The device complies with internationally recognized standards covering human exposure to electromagnetic fields from radio devices. For information on
"International" human exposure to eletromagnic fields refer to the Motorola Declaration of Conformity (DoC) at http://www.motorola.com/doc. US and Canada To comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, antennas that are mounted externally at remote locations or operating near users at stand-alone desktop of similar configurations must operate with a minimum separation distance of 24 cm from all persons. EU To comply with EU RF exposure requirements, antennas that are mounted externally at remote locations or operating near users at stand-alone desktop of similar configurations must operate with a minimum separation distance of 24 cm from all persons. Power Supply Use ONLY a LISTED Motorola, Type no. PWRS-14000 (24Vdc / 500mA min), Direct Plug-In Power supply, marked Class 2 or LPS (IEC60950-1, SELV). Use of alternative Power Supply will invalidate any approvals given to this unit and may be dangerous. Battery Caution: Risk of Explosion if Battery is replaced by an incorrect Type. Dispose of Used Batteries According to the Instructions. Air Handling Space Applications This device is suitable for use in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS) in accordance with Section 300-22(c) of the National Electric Code, and Sections 2-128, 12-010(3) and 12-100 of the Canadian Electrical Code, Part 21, CSA C22.1. All Cables intended for interconnecting the FX7500 to other devices shall be suitable rated for use in Environmental Air Handling Space per UL 2043. Devices such as Power Adaptors, PoE (Power Injectors), antennas shall not be installed in the Environmental Air Handling Space unless they are suitable for use in the EAHS per UL 2043. Wireless Devices Country Approvals Regulatory markings, subject to certification, are applied to the device signifying the radio is approved for use in the following countries: United States, Canada and Europe1 Please refer to the Motorola Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for details of other country markings. This is available at http://www.motorola.com/doc. Operation of the device without regulatory approval is illegal. Marking and European Economic Area (EEA) Note1: Europe includes, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Country Selection - Worldwide Version Only Select only the country in which you are using the device. Any other selection will make the operation of this device illegal. Frequency of Operation USA (FCC) and Canada The range of channels is limited by firmware. Radio Frequency Interference Requirements - FCC Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help Radio Transmitters (Part 15) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Canada Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. Radio Frequency Interference Requirements - Canada This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP) is not more than that permitted for successful communication. This device has been designed to operate with the antennas listed below , and having a maximum gain of 6dBi. Antennas not included in this list or having a gain greater than 6dBi are strictly prohibited for use with this device. The required antenna impedance is 50 ohms. Radio Transmitters This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry & Science Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Label Marking: The Term IC: before the radio certification only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP) is not more than the 6dBi permitted for successful communication. This device has been designed to operate with antennas having a maximum gain of 6dBi. Antennas having a gain greater than 6dBi are strictly prohibited for use with this device. The required antenna impedance is 50ohms. RFID devices for use through the EEA have the following restrictions:
Maximum radiated transmit power of 2W ERP in the frequency range 865.6-
867.6MHz Statement of Compliance Motorola hereby, declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. A Declaration of Conformity may be obtained from http://www.motorola.com/doc. Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Bulgarish: :
Motorola . ,
: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. etina: Pro zkaznky z EU: Vechny produkty je nutn po skonen jejich ivotnosti vrtit spolenosti Motorola k recyklaci. Informace o zpsobu vrcen produktu najdete na webov strnce: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Dansk: Til kunder i EU: Alle produkter skal returneres til Motorola til recirkulering, nr de er udtjent. Ls oplysningerne om returnering af produkter p:
http:/ www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Deutsch: Fr Kunden innerhalb der EU: Alle Produkte mssen am Ende ihrer Lebensdauer zum Recycling an Motorola zurckgesandt werden. Informationen zur Rcksendung von Produkten finden Sie unter http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee.
: ..: , , Motorola .
, http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee . English: For EU Customers: All products at the end of their life must be returned to Motorola for recycling. For information on how to return product, please go to:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Espaol: Para clientes en la Unin Europea: todos los productos debern entregarse a Motorola al final de su ciclo de vida para que sean reciclados. Si desea ms informacin sobre cmo devolver un producto, visite: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Eesti: EL klientidele: kik tooted tuleb nende eluea lppedes tagastada taaskasutamise eesmrgil Motorola'ile. Lisainformatsiooni saamiseks toote tagastamise kohta klastage palun aadressi: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Suomi: Asiakkaat Euroopan unionin alueella: Kaikki tuotteet on palautettava kierrtettvksi Motorola-yhtin, kun tuotetta ei en kytet. Listietoja tuotteen palauttamisesta on osoitteessa http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Franais : Clients de l'Union Europenne : Tous les produits en fin de cycle de vie doivent tre retourns Motorola pour recyclage. Pour de plus amples informations sur le retour de produits, consultez : http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Magyar: Az EU-ban vsrlknak: Minden tnkrement termket a Motorola vllalathoz kell eljuttatni jrahasznosts cljbl. A termk visszajuttatsnak mdjval kapcsolatos tudnivalkrt ltogasson el a http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Italiano: per i clienti dell'UE: tutti i prodotti che sono giunti al termine del rispettivo ciclo di vita devono essere restituiti a Motorola al fine di consentirne il riciclaggio. Per informazioni sulle modalit di restituzione, visitare il seguente sito Web:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Lietuvi: ES vartotojams: visi gaminiai, pasibaigus j eksploatacijos laikui, turi bti grinti utilizuoti kompanij Motorola. Daugiau informacijos, kaip grinti gamin, rasite:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Latvieu: ES klientiem: visi produkti pc to kalpoanas ma beigm ir jnogd atpaka Motorola otrreizjai prstrdei. Lai iegtu informciju par produktu nogdanu Motorola, ldzu, skatiet: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Malti: Gal klijenti fl-UE: il-prodotti kollha li jkunu waslu fl-aar tal-ajja ta' l-uu taghom, iridu jiu rritornati gand Motorola gar-riikla. Gal aktar tagrif dwar kif gandek tirritorna l-
prodott, jekk jogbok ur: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Nederlands: Voor klanten in de EU: alle producten dienen aan het einde van hun levensduur naar Motorola te worden teruggezonden voor recycling. Raadpleeg http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee voor meer informatie over het terugzenden van producten. http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Portugus: Para clientes da UE: todos os produtos no fim de vida devem ser devolvidos Motorola para reciclagem. Para obter informaes sobre como devolver o produto, visite:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Romnesc: Pentru clienii din UE: Toate produsele, la sfritul duratei lor de funcionare, trebuie returnate la Motorola pentru reciclare. Pentru informaii despre returnarea produsului, accesai: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Slovenina: Pre zkaznkov z krajn EU: Vetky vrobky musia by po uplynut doby ich ivotnosti vrten spolonosti Motorola na recyklciu. Bliie informcie o vrten vrobkov njdete na: http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee Slovenski: Za kupce v EU: vsi izdelki se morajo po poteku ivljenjske dobe vrniti podjetju Motorola za reciklao. Za informacije o vrailu izdelka obiite:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Svenska: Fr kunder inom EU: Alla produkter som uppntt sin livslngd mste returneras till Motorola fr tervinning. Information om hur du returnerar produkten finns p http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycling/weee. Trke: AB Mterileri iin: Kullanm sresi dolan tm rnler geri dntrme iin Motorola'ya iade edilmelidir. rnlerin nasl iade edilecei hakknda bilgi iin ltfen u adresi ziyaret edin:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/recycle/weee. TURKISH WEEE Statement of Compliance EEE Ynetmeligine Uygundur Service Information If you have a problem using the equipment, contact your facilitys Technical or Systems Support. If there is a problem with the equipment, they will contact Motorola Solutions Support at: www.motorolasolutions.com/support. For the latest version of FX7500 guides and software, go to:
www.motorolasolutions.com/support. Warranty For the complete Motorola hardware product warranty statement, go to:
http://www.motorolasolutions.com/warranty For Australia Only:
This warranty is given by Motorola Solutions Australia Pty Limited (ABN16 004 742 312) of Tally Ho Business Park, 10 Wesley Court. Burwood East, Victoria. Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australia Consumer Law. You are entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure. Motorola Solutions Australias limited warranty above is in addition to any rights and remedies you may have under the Australian Consumer Law. If you have any queries, please call Motorola Solutions Australia at 1800 457 439. For the most updated warranty terms, visit our website:
http://www.motorola.com/Business/XA-EN/Pages/Contact_Us China RoHS This table was created to comply with China RoHS requirements. Table TBD 50
(Parts)
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr6+)
(PBB)
(PBDE)
(Metal Parts)
(Circuit Modules)
(Cables and Cable Assemblies)
(Plastic and Polymeric Parts)
(Optics and Optical Components)
(Batteries) X X X O X X O O O O O O O O O O X O O O O TBD O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O SJ/T11363-2006 X SJ/T11363-2006 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 | User Manual | Users Manual | 1.37 MiB | July 07 2016 / April 01 2017 |
FX7500 RFID READER QUICK START Introduction FX7500 Series readers provide real time, seamless tag processing for EPC Class1 Gen2 compliant tags. This Quick Start Guide provides information about installing and connecting the reader. For more information refer to the FX Series RFID Readers Integrator Guide, available at:
http://www.zebra.com/support. Reader Installation 1. Unpack the reader. 2. Set up the reader and tags on a desktop. 3. Connect the antenna to antenna Port 1. Additional Information Following are links to additional information and software:
Product Manuals:
http://www.zebra.com/support This page includes the following guides:
- FX7500 RFID Reader Quick Start Guide (p/n MN000070xxx)
- FX7500 RFID Reader Integrator Guide (p/n MN000026xxx)
- RFID Reader Software Interface Control Guide (p/n 72E-131718-xx)
- RFID Demo Applications User Guide (p/n 72E-160038-xx) Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 GPI Antenna Port 1 4. Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port. Connecting the reader to a subnet that supports DHCP is recommended. This installation procedure is not guaranteed to work if DHCP is disabled in the reader and if the reader is connected directly to a PC. Port 4 GPIO 24 VDC 10/100BaseT Ethernet Port
(with POE) Power 5. Connect the AC power supply to a power outlet and connect to the power port. NOTE This step is not required for networks supporting Power-over-Ethernet (POE). The green power LED remains lit after successful installation. Connecting to the Reader To connect via host name:
1. Open a browser. Recommended browsers are IE10 (disabling Compatibility View is recommended), Chrome v29, and FireFox 24. 2. Enter the host name, provided on a label on the reader, in the browser
(e.g., http://fx7500cd3b0d) and press Enter. The User Login window appears and the reader is ready. NOTE Connect the reader to a network that supports host name registration and lookup to ensure the network can access the reader using the host name. For instance, some networks can register host names through DHCP. When first connecting to the reader, it is recommended to keep DHCP enabled in both the PC and in the reader, although it is not guaranteed that host name will work all the time. As an alternative to using the host name on the reader label, construct it using the reader MAC address on the bottom of the reader. To do this, enter the prefix FX7500, followed by the last six characters of the MAC address. For example, for a MAC address of 0023683BA63A, use the prefix FX7500, followed by 3BA63A. Enter http://FX75003BA63A in the browser address bar to access the reader. Zebra reserves the right to make changes to any product to improve reliability, function, or design. Zebra does not assume any product liability arising out of, or in connection with, the application or use of any product, circuit, or application described herein. No license is granted, either expressly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any patent right or patent, covering or relating to any combination, system, apparatus, machine, material, method, or process in which Zebra products might be used. An implied license exists only for equipment, circuits, and subsystems contained in Zebra products. Zebra Technologies Corporation Lincolnshire, IL U.S.A. http://www.zebra.com Zebra and the stylized Zebra head are trademarks of ZIH Corp. registered in many jurisdictions worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.. 2016 Symbol Technologies LLC, a subsidiary of Zebra Technologies Corporation. All rights reserved. Data Sheet: http://www.zebra.com/FX7500. PowerSession and other related software:
http://www.zebra.com/support. Regulatory Information This provides information for the Zebra, FX series RFID Reader products, Regulatory Model No: FX7500. For information on setting up and using the reader, refer to the FX Series RFID Reader Integration Guide at http://www.zebra.com/support. All Zebra devices are designed to be compliant with rules and regulations in locations they are sold and will be labeled as required. Local language translations are available at the following website: http://www.zebra.com/support. Zebra devices must be professionally installed. The Radio Frequency Output Power will not exceed the maximum allowable limit for the country of operation. Any changes or modifications to Zebra equipment, not expressly approved by Zebra, could void the authority to operate the equipment. Regulatory Certification The device is compliant with the following values and antenna characteristics:
FX7500 Max Conducted RF Power at Antenna Input Taiwan US and Canada
+ 30.0dBm with +
6.0dBiL max gain antenna or +
29.36dBm with +
6.6dBiL max gain antenna
+ 6.6dBiL EU
+29.2 dBm + 29.79dBm with +
6.0dBiL max gain antenna or +
29.36dBm with +
6.6dBiL max gain antenna
+ 6.6dBiL
+5.5 dBiL Max Antenna Gain Allowed Max Radiated Power Allowed Antenna Type 4W EIRP 2W ERP 4W EIRP Circularly Polarized Plate N/A Circularly Polarized Plate Antennas Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could cause damage and may violate regulations. Health and Safety Recommendations Warning for Use of Wireless Devices Please observe all warning notices with regard to the usage of wireless devices. Potentially Hazardous Atmospheres You are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio devices in fuel depots, chemical plants etc. and areas where the air contains chemicals or particles
(such as grain, dust, or metal powders). Safety in Hospitals Wireless devices transmit radio frequency energy and may affect medical electrical equipment. When installed adjacent to other equipment, it is advised to verify that the adjacent equipment is not adversely affected. Use With Hearing Aids When some wireless devices are used near some hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants), users may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise, and wireless devices also vary in the amount of interference they generate. In the event of interference you may want to consult your hearing aid supplier to discuss solutions. Other Medical Devices Please consult your physician or the manufacturer of the medical device, to determine if the operation of your wireless product may interfere with the medical device. FCC / EU RF Exposure Guidelines Safety Information Reducing RF Exposure - Use Properly Only operate the device in accordance with the instructions supplied. International The device complies with internationally recognized standards covering human exposure to electromagnetic fields from radio devices. For information on "International"
human exposure to electromagnetic fields refer to the Zebra Declaration of Conformity
(DoC) at http://www.zebra.com/doc. For further information on the safety of RF energy from wireless devices, see http://responsibility.zebra.com/index.php/downloads/, which is located under Wireless Communications and Health. US and Canada To comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, antennas that are mounted externally at remote locations or operating near users at stand-alone desktop or similar configurations must operate with a minimum separation distance of 34 cm from all persons. EU To comply with EU RF exposure requirements, antennas that are mounted externally at remote locations or operating near users at stand-alone desktop or similar configurations must operate with a minimum separation distance of 34 cm from all persons. Power Supply This device must be powered from an 802.3af or 802.3at compliant power source which has been certified by the appropriate agencies, or by a Zebra approved UL LISTED ITE
(IEC/EN60950-1) power supply with electrical ratings: Output 24Vdc, min 3.25A, with a recommended ambient temperature of at least 40 degrees C. Use of alternative power supply will invalidate any approvals given to this unit and may be dangerous. Air Handling Space Applications This device is suitable for use in Environmental Air Handling Space (EAHS) in accordance with Section 300-22(c) of the National Electric Code, and Sections 2-128, 12-010(3) and 12-100 of the Canadian Electrical Code, Part 21, CSA C22.1. All Cables intended for interconnecting the FX7500 to other devices shall be suitable rated for use in Environmental Air Handling Space per UL 2043. Devices such as Power Adapters, PoE (Power Injectors), antennas shall not be installed in the Environmental Air Handling Space unless they are suitable for use in the EAHS per UL 2043. Wireless Devices Country Approvals Regulatory markings, subject to certification, are applied to the device signifying the radio is approved for use in the following countries: United States, Canada, Japan, China, South Korea, Australia, and Europe1 Please refer to the Zebra Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for details of other country markings. This is available at http://www.zebra.com/doc. Operation of the device without regulatory approval is illegal. Note1: Europe includes, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Cyprus, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Country Selection - Worldwide Version Only Select only the country in which you are using the device. Any other selection will make the operation of this device illegal. MN000070A04 Revision B July 2016 1 2 3 Draft 2 Frequency of Operation USA (FCC) and Canada The range of channels is limited by firmware. Radio Frequency Interference Requirements - FCC Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help Radio Transmitters (Part 15) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Radio Frequency Interference Requirements - Canada CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B) This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada. Radio Transmitters This device is in compliance with the NRC for Industry Canada applicable to license-
exempt radios. Use is allowed with the following two conditions: (1) the device must not produce interference, and (2) the device must accept any interference to the radio even if the interference is likely to compromise operation. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement. Label Marking: The Term "IC:" before the radio certification only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. In accordance with the regulations of Industry Canada, this radio transmitter can operate with an antenna of a type and a maximum gain (or lower) approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. With the aim of reducing the risk of radio interference to other users, the chosen antenna type and its gain should be selected so that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) does not exceed the intensity necessary for the establishment of a satisfactory connection. Conformment la rglementation d'Industrie Canada, le prsent metteur radio peut fonctionner avec une antenne d'un type et d'un gain maximal (ou infrieur) approuv pour l'metteur par Industrie Canada. Dans le but de rduire les risques de brouillage radio lectrique l'intention des autres utilisateurs, il faut choisir le type d'antenne et son gain de sorte que la puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente (p.i.r.e.) ne dpasse pas l'intensit ncessaire l'tablissement d'une communication satisfaisante. The FX7500 has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below and having a maximum gain allowable and the impedance required for each type of antenna. The antenna types not included in this list, or whose gain is higher than the maximum gain indicated, are strictly prohibited for the operation of the transmitter. Le FX7500 a t approuv par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d'antenne numrs ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l'impdance requise pour chaque type d'antenne. Les types d'antenne non inclus dans cette liste ou dont le gain est suprieur au gain maximal indiqu, sont strictement interdits pour l'exploitation de l'metteur. Circular polarized plate +6.6dBiL 50ohms Marking and European Economic Area (EEA) RFID devices for use throughout the EEA have the following restrictions:
Maximum radiated transmit power of 2W ERP in the frequency range 865.6-
867.6MHz. The use of RFID Devices has varying restrictions for use within the EEA; please refer to the Zebra Declaration of Conformity (DoC) for details at: http://www.zebra.com/doc. Statement of Compliance Zebra hereby declares that this radio equipment is in compliance with Directive 2011/65/
EU and 1999/5/EC or 2014/53/EU (2014/53/EU supersedes 1999/5/EC from 13th June 2017). The full text of the EU Declaration of Conformity is available at the following internet address: http://www.zebra.com/doc. Country Approvals Brasil Declaraes Regulamentares para FX7500 - Brasil Nota: A marca de certificao se aplica ao Transceptor, modelo FX7500. Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio. Para maiores informaes sobre ANATEL consulte o site: www.anatel.gov.br Chile Este equipo cumple con la Resolucin No 403 de 2008, de la Subsecretaria de telecomunicaciones, relativa a radiaciones electromagnticas. China www.zebra.com/contact Korea Warning Statement for Class B ITE Taiwan Operation of the device without regulatory approval is illegal. Thailand Ukraine 1057, 2008
. Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(WEEE) China RoHS This table was created to comply with China RoHS requirements. 10
(Parts)
(Pb)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr(VI)
(PBB)
(PBDE) O X X
(Metal Parts)
(Circuit Modules)
(Cables and Cable Assemblies)
(Plastic and Polymeric Parts)
(Optics and Optical Components)
(Batteries) SJ/T 11364 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O: GB/T 26572 X: GB/T 26572
(
This table was created to comply with China RoHS requirements. Service Information If you have a problem using the equipment, contact your facilitys Technical or Systems Support. If there is a problem with the equipment, they will contact Zebra Support at:
http://www.zebra.com/support. For the latest version of FX7500 guides and software, go to:
http://www.zebra.com/support. Warranty For the complete Zebra hardware product warranty statement, go to:
http://www.zebra.com/warranty. For Australia Only:
For Australia Only. This warranty is given by Zebra Technologies Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd., 71 Robinson Road, #05-02/03, Singapore 068895, Singapore. Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australia Consumer Law. You are enti-
tled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and compensation for any other rea-
sonably foreseeable loss or damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure. Zebra Technologies Corporation Australias limited warranty above is in addition to any rights and remedies you may have under the Australian Consumer Law. If you have any queries, please call Zebra Technologies Corporation at +65 6858 0722. You may also visit our website: http://www.zebra.com for the most updated warranty terms. English: For EU Customers: All products at the end of their life must be returned to Zebra for recycling. For information on how to return product, please go to:
http://www.zebra.com/weee. Bulgarish: :
Zebra .
, : http://www.zebra.com/weee. etina: Pro zkaznky z EU: Vechny produkty je nutn po skonen jejich ivotnosti vrtit spolenosti Zebra k recyklaci. Informace o zpsobu vrcen produktu najdete na webov strnce: http://www.zebra.com/weee. Dansk: Til kunder i EU: Alle produkter skal returneres til Zebra til recirkulering, nr de er udtjent. Ls oplysningerne om returnering af produkter p:
http://www.zebra.com/weee. Deutsch: Fr Kunden innerhalb der EU: Alle Produkte mssen am Ende ihrer Lebens-
dauer zum Recycling an Zebra zurckgesandt werden. Informationen zur Rcksendung von Produkten finden Sie unter http://www.zebra.com/weee.
: ..: , , Zebra .
, http://www.zebra.com/weee . Eesti: EL klientidele: kik tooted tuleb nende eluea lppedes tagastada taaskasutamise eesmrgil Zebra'ile. Lisainformatsiooni saamiseks toote tagastamise kohta klastage palun aadressi: http://www.zebra.com/weee. Espaol: Para clientes en la Unin Europea: todos los productos debern entregarse a Zebra al final de su ciclo de vida para que sean reciclados. Si desea ms informacin sobre cmo devolver un producto, visite: http://www.zebra.com/weee. Franais : Clients de l'Union Europenne : Tous les produits en fin de cycle de vie doivent tre retourns Zebra pour recyclage. Pour de plus amples informations sur le retour de produits, consultez : http://www.zebra.com/weee. Italiano: per i clienti dell'UE: tutti i prodotti che sono giunti al termine del rispettivo ciclo di vita devono essere restituiti a Zebra al fine di consentirne il riciclaggio. Per informazi-
oni sulle modalit di restituzione, visitare il seguente sito Web:
http://www.zebra.com/weee. Latvieu: ES klientiem: visi produkti pc to kalpoanas ma beigm ir jnogd atpa-
ka Zebra otrreizjai prstrdei. Lai iegtu informciju par produktu nogdanu Zebra, ldzu, skatiet: http://www.zebra.com/weee. Lietuvi: ES vartotojams: visi gaminiai, pasibaigus j eksploatacijos laikui, turi bti grinti utilizuoti kompanij Zebra. Daugiau informacijos, kaip grinti gamin, rasite:
http://www.zebra.com/weee. Magyar: Az EU-ban vsrlknak: Minden tnkrement termket a Zebra vllalathoz kell eljuttatni jrahasznosts cljbl. A termk visszajuttatsnak mdjval kapcsolatos tudnivalkrt ltogasson el a http://www.zebra.com/weee weboldalra. Malti: Gal klijenti fl-UE: il-prodotti kollha li jkunu waslu fl-aar tal-ajja ta' l-uu taghom, iridu jiu rritornati gand Zebra gar-riikla. Gal aktar tagrif dwar kif gandek tirritorna l-prodott, jekk jogbok ur: http://www.zebra.com/weee. Nederlands: Voor klanten in de EU: alle producten dienen aan het einde van hun lev-
ensduur naar Zebra te worden teruggezonden voor recycling. Raadpleeg http://www.zebra.com/weee voor meer informatie over het terugzenden van producten. Polski: Klienci z obszaru Unii Europejskiej: Produkty wycofane z eksploatacji naley zwrci do firmy Zebra w celu ich utylizacji. Informacje na temat zwrotu produktw zna-
jduj si na stronie internetowej http://www.zebra.com/weee. Portugus: Para clientes da UE: todos os produtos no fim de vida devem ser devolvi-
dos Zebra para reciclagem. Para obter informaes sobre como devolver o produto, visite: http://www.zebra.com/weee. Romnesc: Pentru clienii din UE: Toate produsele, la sfritul duratei lor de funcion-
are, trebuie returnate la Zebra pentru reciclare. Pentru informaii despre returnarea pro-
dusului, accesai: http://www.zebra.com/weee. Slovenina: Pre zkaznkov z krajn EU: Vetky vrobky musia by po uplynut doby ich ivotnosti vrten spolonosti Zebra na recyklciu. Bliie informcie o vrten vrobkov njdete na: http://www.zebra.com/weee. Slovenski: Za kupce v EU: vsi izdelki se morajo po poteku ivljenjske dobe vrniti pod-
jetju Zebra za reciklao. Za informacije o vrailu izdelka obiite:
http://www.zebra.com/weee. Suomi: Asiakkaat Euroopan unionin alueella: Kaikki tuotteet on palautettava kier-
rtettvksi Zebra-yhtin, kun tuotetta ei en kytet. Listietoja tuotteen palautta-
misesta on osoitteessa http://www.zebra.com/weee. Svenska: Fr kunder inom EU: Alla produkter som uppntt sin livslngd mste return-
eras till Zebra fr tervinning. Information om hur du returnerar produkten finns p http://www.zebra.com/weee. Trke: AB Mterileri iin: Kullanm sresi dolan tm rnler geri dntrme iin Zebra'ya iade edilmelidir. rnlerin nasl iade edilecei hakknda bilgi iin ltfen u adresi ziyaret edin: http://www.zebra.com/weee. TURKISH WEEE Statement of Compliance EEE Ynetmeligine Uygundur 4 5 6 7 Draft 2
1 2 3 4 | Label | ID Label/Location Info | 297.80 KiB | December 11 2013 |
ARTWORK, LCD, FX500 PROD FAM: FX500 DESCRIPTION:
CTRY CODE: US COUNTRIES:
SN POOL: STANDARD LBL STOCK PN: 63-123281-01 SEE NOTE LBL SCRIPT:
CHARGE N: FB06B0 SEE NOTE 1 F SEE REGULATORY WEBSITE FOR COUNTRY LIST 2 4 6 REVISIONS REV. 01 REL'D PER EC56165 DESCRIPTION REL'D PER EC60562 BY APVD. DATE CF AP CF AP 05/28/13 09/16/13 NOTE:
FOR ADDITIONAL REGULATORY INFORMATION SEE BOM P/N:
60-123281-01 THIS DEVICE COMPLIES WITH PART 15 OF THE FCC RULES. OPERATION IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING TWO CONDITIONS: (1) THIS DEVICE MAY NOT CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENCE, AND (2) THIS DEVICE MUST ACCEPT ANY INTERFERENCE RECEIVED, INCLUDING INTERFERENCE THAT MAY CAUSE UNDESIRED OPERATION. MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC., N.Y. MODEL: FX7500 P/N: XXXXXXXXXXXXX FCC ID: UZ7FX7500 24V --- 500mA S/N: BAR CODE MAC BAR CODE S/N: XXXXXXXXXXXX MFD: XXXXXXX X MADE IN XXXXXX XXXX MAC/IEEE: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX SEE NOTES 7 8 SCALE: 1 / 1 NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SCRIPT FILE TO BE CREATED BY MANUFACTURING PER SP-10083-01 SCRIPT FILE MUST MATCH THIS DOCUMENT EXACTLY AND HAVE SAME REVISION. LABEL STOCK P/N IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. CHECK BOM FOR ACTUAL PART NUMBER. IN ALL CASES "XXX......" REPRESENTS VARIABLE FIELDS IN SCRIPT FILE. ACTUAL NUMBER OF CHARACTERS IN SCRIPT FILE MAY VARY. SERIAL NUMBER MUST BE 4PT MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT IN SCRIPT FILE. PART NUMBER MAY OR MAY NOT HAVE DASH BEFORE COUNTRY CODE. SEE BOM FOR ACTUAL MODEL DESCRIPTION.
"MFD:" REPRESENTS MANUFACTURE DAY, MONTH, YEAR AND REVISION OF PART NUMBER (IE: 12SEP03 X) COUNTRY OF ORIGIN REQUIRED. PLANT CODE REQUIRED. TO BE LOCATED BY MANUFACTURING FOR BEST FIT IN SCRIPT FILE. ARTWORK, LCD, FX500 DWG. NO. 69-12
REV SCALE: 1 / 1 UNITS IN INCHES SHEET 1 OF 1 SIZE A A328501328501AA
1 2 3 4 | Label location | ID Label/Location Info | 201.36 KiB | December 11 2013 |
UTIONS, INC., NY. FX750:
>0A50=U! FOG |D; UZ7FXTS00 642480060006 a , , MAC / IEEE HEAT a WU UMN (ANU ULAR 01 AU 10500407 MFD:OGAUGI3 MADE IN MEXICO ni
1 2 3 4 | AN480 RFID Antenna - Zebra | Test Report | 472.17 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 |
1 2 3 4 | Attestation Statements US agent 2.911d7 | Attestation Statements | 734.64 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 |
Regulatory Engineering Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Date: February 17, 2023 Ref: Attestation Statements Part 2.911(d)(7) Filing Grantee Code: UZ7 Zebra Technologies Corporation (the applicant) certifies that, as of the date of the filing of the application, [Zebra Technologies Corporation] is our designated U.S. agent for service of process for the above referenced grantee code. Zebra Technologies Corporation accepts to maintain an agent for no less than one year after the grantee has terminated all marketing and importation or the conclusion of any Commission-related proceeding involving the equipment. The applicant further acknowledges their responsibility to inform the FCC whenever the agent information changes.
[Zebra Technologies Corporation] accepts, as of the date of the filing of the application, the obligation of the designated U.S. agent for service of process for the above referenced grantee code. Designated U.S. Agent Information:
Name: Zebra Technologies Corporation FRN: 0015642663 Address: 1 Zebra Plaza, Holtsville, New York, United States, 11742 Contact Person: Larry (Qianlin) Zhou Tel.: 346-260-3543 Email: Larry.Zhou@zebra.com Sincerely, Applicant Zebra Technologies Corporation Larry (Qianlin) Zhou U.S. Agent Zebra Technologies Corporation Larry (Qianlin) Zhou Zebra Technologies Corporation 1 Z e b r a P l a z a , | H o l t s v i l l e , N Y 1 1 7 4 2 | 1 . 6 3 1 . 7 3 8 . 2 4 0 0 p h o n e | 1 . 6 3 1 . 6 2 7 . 7 1 7 9 f a x | w w w . z e b r a . c o m
1 2 3 4 | Report RF US Part15C UHF RFID r1 | Test Report | 2.09 MiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 |
1 2 3 4 | Reprot RF Exposure US | RF Exposure Info | 324.13 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 |
1 2 3 4 | Attestation Covered List 2.911d5(i) | Attestation Statements | 437.67 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 |
Regulatory Engineering Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 Date: December 7, 2023 Subject: Certifications concerning covered equipment pursuant to Part 2.911(d)(5)(i) and (ii) To whom it may concern, Zebra Technologies Corporation (the applicant) certifies that the equipment [FCC ID: UZ7FX7500] for which authorization is sought is not covered equipment prohibited from receiving an equipment authorization pursuant to section 2.903 of the FCC rules. Zebra Technologies Corporation (the applicant) certifies that, as of the date of the filing of the application, the applicant is not identified on the Covered List (as a specifically named entity or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates) as an entity producing covered equipment. Sincerely, Signature
_______________________________ Name and Job Title. E-mail Tel.
: Larry (Qianlin) Zhou / Regulatory Specialist
: larry.zhou@zebra.com
: 346-260-3543 Zebra Technologies Corporation 1 Ze b r a P l a z a , | H ol t s v i l le , N Y 11 7 4 2 | 1 . 63 1 . 73 8. 2 4 00 p ho n e | 1. 6 3 1 . 6 2 7. 7 1 7 9 f ax | w w w. z eb r a . c om
1 2 3 4 | C2PCPX letter r1 | Cover Letter(s) | 896.56 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 |
Regulatory Engineering Date: December 20, 2023 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Equipment Authorization Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Ref: FCC ID: UZ7FX7500 C2PCPX ACKNOWLEDGING COMPLIANCE LETTER Due to RFID Skyworks demodulator chip is EOL, we want to use the non-pin-to-pin compatible RFID ASIC chip as a replacement under FCC ID UZ7FX7500. This is letter is to seek confirmation from FCC that C2PCPX is allowed for this change, based on FCC Notification 202109-001. Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 Requirement The requirements of 2.1043 are fulfilled, i.e., the device's block functions for the fundamental frequency, primary modulator circuit, maximum power, or field strength ratings shall remain unchanged. Transmitter PCB layout and parts changes are only permitted if there is no change in identifying a device's form, functional specification, as initially granted or previously approved under a Class II permissive change. PCB changes are limited to non-substantive modifications layout changes to the same size physical circuit board previously granted. C2PCPX is not permitted to add, remove, augment, or change capabilities, such as transmitters, increased bandwidth, additional rule parts, bands, etc. In the PAG submission for item C2PCPX, the applicant shall provide complete information on testing demonstrating that the proposed changes for fundamental emissions are unchanged within the normal, acceptable tolerances and out-of-band; emissions do not exceed the appropriate limits. The PAG submission shall include all applicable test reports and internal photos. The modified device shall not be marketed under the existing grant of certification before confirmation that the C2PCPX PAG is approved and granted. Feedback Remains same fundamental frequency and max. power within the FCC 2.1043 requirements. No change in identifying a device's form, functional specification PCB change does not impact substantive modifications. Remains same radio characteristic without adding
/removing new RF characteristics and capabilities. Tests have been performed and the test results are submitted in this filing. Modified unit will not be marketed until FCC permission change is approved. Zebra Technologies Corporation 1 Z e b r a P l a z a , | H o l t s v i l l e , N Y 1 1 7 4 2 | 1 . 6 3 1 . 7 3 8 . 2 4 0 0 p h o n e | 1 . 6 3 1 . 6 2 7 . 7 1 7 9 f a x | w w w . z e b r a . c o m Regulatory Engineering 7 8 9 Software Defined Radio (SDR} grants that use the C2PCPX procedure are not permitted to make subsequent Class III permissive changes. The C2PCPX PAG procedure has no impact on the provisions of V}
of this publication for non-SDR software-only changes; thus, adding an equipment class when related to rule changes is still permitted. The product was not certified as SDR The product was not certified as SDR The requested change here does not add a new equipment class Class I permissive changes are not permitted under this C2PCPX procedure. The request is to file a c2pc under PAG C2PCPX procedure. The following supporting document are attached as evidence of the change:
1) The test results: FX7500_Report_RF_US_Part15C_UHF RFID.pdf ;
2) Detail schematic and block diagram and change note: UZ7FX7500 C2PCPX change note_2023-08.pdf Sincerely, Signature Signature
_______________________________ Name and Job Title. E-mail Tel.
: Larry (Qianlin) Zhou / Regulatory Specialist
: larry.zhou@zebra.com
: 346-260-3543 Zebra Technologies Corporation 1 Z e b r a P l a z a , | H o l t s v i l l e , N Y 1 1 7 4 2 | 1 . 6 3 1 . 7 3 8 . 2 4 0 0 p h o n e | 1 . 6 3 1 . 6 2 7 . 7 1 7 9 f a x | w w w . z e b r a . c o m
1 2 3 4 | Coverletter-FCC r1 | Cover Letter(s) | 470.83 KiB | December 21 2023 / January 03 2024 |
Regulatory Engineering Date: December 20, 2023 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Equipment Authorization Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Ref: FCC ID: UZ7FX7500 AUTHORIZATION LETTER We, the undersigned, hereby authorize Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. to act on our behalf in all manners relating to FCC application for equipment authorization, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by Jones Tsai in Sporton International Inc. on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. If you have any acknowledgement and response, please send it to Sporton International Inc. directly. Confidentiality Request Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of Commissions rules (47CFR0.457, 0.459), we are requesting the Commission to withhold the following attachment(s) as confidential document from public disclosure indefinitely. Schematic Diagram Block Diagram Part List Operational Description Above mentioned document contains detailed system and equipment description are considered as proprietary information in operation of the equipment. The public disclosure of above documents might be harmful to our company and would give competitor an unfair advantage in the market. In additional to above mentioned documents, pursuant to Public Notice DA 04-1705 of the Commission s policy, in order to comply with the marketing regulations in 47 CFT 2.803 and the importation rules in 47 CFR 2.1204, while ensuring that business sensitive information remains confidential until the actual marketing of newly authorized devices. We are requesting the commission to grant shot-term Zebra Technologies Corporation 1 Z e b r a P l a z a , | H o l t s v i l l e , N Y 1 1 7 4 2 | 1 . 6 3 1 . 7 3 8 . 2 4 0 0 p h o n e | 1 . 6 3 1 . 6 2 7 . 7 1 7 9 f a x | w w w . z e b r a . c o m confidentiality request on the following attachment(s) for 180 days after the grant as outlined in Public Notice DA 04-1705. Regulatory Engineering Internal Photos External Photos Test Setup Photos It is our understanding that all measurement test reports, FCC ID label format and correspondent during certification review process cannot be granted as confidential documents and those information will be available for public review once the grant of equipment authorization is issued. Class II Permissive Change SUBJECT: Class II Permissive Change for FCC ID: UZ7FX7500, approval date: 2018-09-25 This is to request a Class II Permissive Change application for above referenced device. The major change filed under this application is:
a. Use the non-pin-to-pin compatible RFID ASIC chip to replace the RFID Skyworks demodulator chip. b. The detail changed items of schematic and block diagram are described in change note exhibits. c. The antenna applies to the change above is the patch antenna with 6.0 dBi. Except the change described above, the design and software are exactly the same with original. If you have any questions regarding this authorization, please contact me directly. Signature
Name and Job Title. E-mail Tel. _______________________________
: Larry (Qianlin) Zhou / Regulatory Specialist
: larry.zhou@zebra.com
: 346-260-3543 Zebra Technologies Corporation 1 Z e b r a P l a z a , | H o l t s v i l l e , N Y 1 1 7 4 2 | 1 . 6 3 1 . 7 3 8 . 2 4 0 0 p h o n e | 1 . 6 3 1 . 6 2 7 . 7 1 7 9 f a x | w w w . z e b r a . c o m
1 2 3 4 | Agent | Cover Letter(s) | 116.64 KiB | December 11 2013 |
Regulatory Engineering September 24, 2013 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Equipment Authorization Division 7345 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 Subject: Letter of Authorization To the Commission:
We, the undersigned Motorola Solutions Inc. hereby authorize Washington Labs and American Certification Body, Inc. (ACB) to act on our behalf in all matters relating to all processes related to application and communication in the approval of the FX-7500. Any and all acts carried out by Washington Labs and American Certification Body, Inc. (ACB) on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. This authorization is limited to the following products MODEL: FX7500 FCC ID: UZ7FX7500 We certify that we are not subject to denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse ACT of 1988, U.S.C. 862. Further, no party, as defined in 47 CFR 1.2002(b), to the application is subject to denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits. If you have any questions regarding the authorization, please dont hesitate to contact me. Respectfully, Mark S. Luksich DMTS, Regulatory Engineering 631-738-5134 Mark.Luksich@motorolasolutions.com Motorola Solutions, Inc. One Motorola Plaza, | Holtsville, NY 11742 | 1.631.738.2400 phone | 1.631.627.7179 fax | www.motorolasolutions.com
1 2 3 4 | Confidentiality | Cover Letter(s) | 114.52 KiB | December 11 2013 |
October 4, 2013 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Equipment Authorization Division 7345 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 RE:
Certification Application FCC ID:
UZ7FX7500 Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, we hereby request Permanent Confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below:
Schematics Operational Description Block Diagram The application contains technical information that Motorola Solutions, Inc. deems to be trade secrets and proprietary. If made public, the information might be used to the disadvantage of the applicant in the market place. Thank you for your attention to this matter. Steven D. Koster Washington Laboratories Ltd.
(Agent)
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2024-01-03 | 902.75 ~ 927.25 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | Class II Permissive Change |
2 | 2018-09-25 | 903.1 ~ 926.95 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |
3 | 2016-07-08 | 902.75 ~ 927.25 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |
4 | 2013-11-12 | 902.75 ~ 927.25 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | Original Equipment |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 | Effective |
2024-01-03
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
2018-09-25
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
2016-07-08
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
2013-11-12
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Zebra Technologies Corporation
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0015642663
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Physical Address |
1 Zebra Plaza
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Holtsville, NY
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
Holtsville
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 | TCB Application Email Address |
K******@sporton-usa.com
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
T******@TIMCOENGR.COM
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
t******@timcoengr.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
h******@acbcert.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Grantee Code |
UZ7
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Equipment Product Code |
FX7500
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
Q****** Z****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
L**** Z********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Title |
Regulatory Specialist
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
346-2********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
631-6********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
L******@zebra.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Firm Name |
Washington Laboratories
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
S******** K****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 | Physical Address |
United States
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
c******@wll.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | No | |||||
1 2 3 4 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 07/01/2024 | ||||
1 2 3 4 | 03/24/2019 | |||||
1 2 3 4 | 01/04/2017 | |||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Equipment Class | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | RFID Reader | ||||
1 2 3 4 | FX7500 RFID FIXED READER | |||||
1 2 3 4 | FX7500 RFID Fixed Reader | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 | No | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II Permissive Change | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Original Equipment | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Grant Comments | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 34 cm from all persons and not be co-located with any other transmitters except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Class II Permissive Change: Use the non-pin-to-pin compatible RFID ASIC chip to replace the RFID Skyworks demodulator chip. Only the antenna model AN480 has been assessed and valid to this change. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 37 cm from all persons and not be co-located with any other transmitters except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | ||||
1 2 3 4 | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 34 cm from all persons and not be co-located with any other transmitters except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 23 cm from all persons and not be co-located with any other transmitters except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 | Firm Name |
SPORTON International Inc.
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
Washington Laboratories, Ltd.
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Name |
A**** C******
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
S******** J******
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
J****** R******
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Telephone Number |
886-3******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
886-3******** Extension:
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
301-2********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 | Fax Number |
+886-********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 |
886-3********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
301-2********
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
a******@sporton.com.tw
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
s******@sporton.com.tw
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 |
j******@wll.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15C | 902.75000000 | 927.25000000 | 1.0000000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | 903.10000000 | 926.95000000 | 1.0000000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | 902.75000000 | 927.25000000 | 1.0000000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | 902.75000000 | 927.25000000 | 1.0000000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC